DR. S. & S. S. GHANDHY COLLEGE OF
ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY, SURAT
BRANCH CODE: 09
DIPLOMA PROGRAMME IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
SYLLABUS
SEM-1
BRANCH CODE:09 DIPLOMA PROGRAMME IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER - I
COURSE
CODE
COURSE TITLE
TEACHING SCHEME/WEEK CREDITS
(L+T+P)
EXAMINATION SCHEME
L T P THEORY PRACTICAL GRAND
TOTAL ESE PA ESE PA
3300001 BASIC MATHEMATICS 2 2 0 4 70 30 0 0 100
3300002 ENGLISH 3 2 0 5 70 30 20 30 150
3300003 ENVIRONMENT CONSERVATION & HAZARD
MANAGEMENT 4 0 0 4 70 30 0 0 100
3300006
ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY ( GROUP-2 )
3 0 2 5 70 30 20 30 150
3300013 BASIC OF COMPUTER & INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
0 0 4 4 0 0 40 60 100
3300015 FUNDAMENTAL OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
3 0 2 5 70 30 20 30 150
TOTAL 15 4 8 27 350 150 100 150 750
Basic Mathematics Course Code: 3300001
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT
COURSE CURRICULUM
Course Title: Basics Mathematics (Code: 3300001)
Diploma Programmes in which this course is offered Semester in which offered Automobile Engineering, Biomedical Engineering, Ceramic Engineering, Chemical Engineering, Civil Engineering, Computer Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Electronics & Communication Engineering, Environment Engineering, Fabrication Technology, Information Technology, Instrumentation & Control Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, Mechatronics Engineering, Metallurgy Engineering, Mining Engineering, Plastic Engineering, Power Elctronics Engineering, Printing Technology, Textile Manufacturing Technology, Textile Processing Technology, Transportation Engineering
First Semester
1. RATIONALE
The subject is classified under Basic Sciences and students are intended to know about the basic concepts and principles of Mathematics as a tool to analyze the Engineering problems. Mathematics has the potential to understand the Core Technological studies.
2. LIST OF COMPETENCIES
The course content should be taught so as to understand and perform the Engineering concepts and computations. Aim to develop the different types of Mathematical skills leading to the achievement of the following competencies:
i. Apply the concepts and principles of mathematics to solve simple engineering problems
3. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme (In Hours)
Total Credits
(L+T+P)
Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical Marks Total
Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
100 2
2
0 4
70
30
0
0
Legends: L-Lecture; T – Tutorial/Teacher Guided Theory Practice; P -Practical;C – Credit; ESE -End Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment.
Basic Mathematics Course Code: 3300001
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
4. DETAILED COURSE CONTENTS
Unit Major Learning Outcomes Topics and Sub-topics Unit – I Logarithm
1.1 Solve simple problems using concepts of Logarithms
Concept ,Rules and related Examples
Unit– II Determinants and Matrices
2.1 Solve simultaneous equations using concepts of Determinants and Matrices
Idea of Determinant and Matrix, Addition/Subtraction, Product, Inverse up to 3X3 matrix, Solution of Simultaneous Equations(up to three variables)
Unit– III Trigonometry
3.1 Solve simple problems using concepts of Trigonometry
Units of Angles(degree and radian), Allied & Compound Angles, Multiple –Submultiples angles, Graph of Sine and Cosine, Periodic function, sum and factor formulae, Inverse trigonometric function
Unit– IV Vectors
4.1 Solve simple problems using concepts of Vectors
Basic concept of Vector and Scalar, addition & subtraction, Product of Vectors, Geometric meaning of Scalar and Vector Product. Angle between two vectors, Applications of Dot (scalar) and Cross (vector) Product, Work Done and Moment of Force.
Unit-V Menstruation
5.1 Calculate the surface area and volume of different shapes and bodies.
Area of Triangle, Square, Rectangle, Trapezium, Parallelogram, Rhombus and Circle Surface & Volume of Cuboids, Cone, Cylinder and Sphere.
5. SUGGESTED SPRCIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS AND MARKS (THEORY)
Unit No.
Unit Title
Teaching
Hours
Distribution of Theory Marks
R Level
U Level
A Level
Total
1. Logarithms 03 4 4 2 10 2. Determinants and Matrices 08 6 8 4 18 3. Trigonometry 08 8 6 4 18
4. Vectors 06 5 5 4 14 5. Mensuration 03 3 3 4 10
Total 28 26 26 18 70 Legends: R = Remembrance; U= Understanding; A= Application and above levels (Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy)
Basic Mathematics Course Code: 3300001
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
6. SUGGESTED LIST OF EXERCISES (During tutorial hours)
The exercises should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to develop different types of skills leading to the achievement of the competency.
S. No. Unit No. Exercises/Tutorial
1 1 Logarithms-Simple Examples related Definition and Rules
2 Examples on various types and Graphs 3 2 Determinants, Simple Examples on Matrix Addition/Subtraction and Product 4 Co-factors, Adjoint and Inverse of Matrix 5 2 Solution of Simultaneous Equation using 3X3 Matrix and its Applications 6 3 Practice Examples: Allied & Compound Angles 7 Practice Examples: Periodic functions, Sum/Diff and factor formulae, Inverse
Trigonometric function etc. 8 Simple Graphs of Sine and Cosine Functions(Explain Spherical Trigonometry, if
possible, for Applications) 9 4 Practice Simple Examples Vectors 10 Example related to Dot and Cross Products and Applications 11 5 Examples on Area
12 Surface Area & Volume and its Applications
Note: The above Tutor sessions are for guideline only. The remaining Tutorial hours are for revision and practice.
7. SUGGESTED LIST OF STUENT ACTIVITIES
Following is the list of proposed student activities like: course/topic based seminars, internet based assignments, teacher guided self learning activities, course/library/internet/lab based Mini-Projects etc. These could be individual or group-based.
1. Applications to solve identified Engineering problems and use of Internet. 2. Learn MathCAD to use Mathematical Tools and solve the problems of Calculus. 3. .Learn MATLAB and use to solve the identified problems.
8. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
A. List of Books
S.No. Author Title of Books Publication
1 Anthony croft and others
Engineering Mathematics (third edition)
Pearson Education
2 W R Neelkanth Applied Mathematics-I Sapna Publication 3 S P Deshpande Polytechnic Mathematics Pune Vidyarthi Gruh Prakashan 4 Rudra Pratap Getting Started with
MATLAB-7 OXFORD University Press
Basic Mathematics Course Code: 3300001
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
B. List of Major Equipment/ Instrument
1. Simple Calculator
2. Computer System with Printer, Internet
3. LCD Projector
C. List of Software/Learning Websites 1. Excel
2. DPlot
3. MathCAD
4. MATLAB
You may use other Software like Mathematica and other Graph
Plotting software. Use wikipedia.org, mathworld.wolfram.com Etc…
9. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE:
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
Dr.N.R.Pandya, HOD-General Dept. Govt. Polytechnic, Ahmedabad
Dr N. A. Dani, Lecturer, Govt. Polytechnic, Junagadh.
Smt R. L. Wadhwa, Lecturer, Govt. Polytechnic, Ahmedabad
Shri H. C. Suthar, Lecturer, BPTI, Bhavnagar
Shri P. N. Joshi, Lecturer, Govt. Polytechnic, Rajkot
Shri P. T. Polara, Lecturer, Om Institute of Engg. And Tech, Junagadh,
Smt Ami C. Shah, Lecturer, BBIT, V. V. Nagar.
Coordinator and Faculty Member From NITTTR Bhopal
Dr. P. K. Purohit, Associate Professor, Dept. of Science, NITTTR, Bhopal
English Course Code: 3300002
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
1
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT COURSE CURRICULUM
Course Title: English
(Code: 3300002)
Diploma Programmes in which this course is offered Semester in which offered Architectural Assistanship, Automobile Engineering, Biomedical Engineering, Ceramic Engineering, Chemical Engineering, Civil Engineering,Computer Aided Costume Design & Dress Making, Computer Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Electronics & Communication Engineering, Environment Engineering, Fabrication Technology, Information Technology, Instrumentation & Control Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, Mechatronics Engineering, Metallurgy Engineering, Mining Engineering, Plastic Engineering, Power Elctronics Engineering, Printing Technology, Textile Designing, Textile Manufacturing Technology, Textile Processing Technology, Transportation Engineering
First Semester
1. RATIONALE
English language has become a dire need to deal successfully in the globalized and competitive market
and hence this curriculum aims at developing the functional and communicative abilities of the students
in English. Proficiency in English is one of the basic needs of technical students. A technician has to
communicate all the time with peers, superiors, subordinates and clients in his professional life. Hence
this course is being offered.
2. LIST OF COMPETENCIES
The course content should be taught and implemented with the aim to develop different types of skills
leading to the achievement of the following competencies:
i. Communicate verbally and in writing in English.
ii. Comprehend the given passages and summarize them.
English Course Code: 3300002
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
2
3. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme
(In Hours) Total
Credits (L+T+P)
Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Tutorial Marks Total Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
150 3
2
0
5
70
30
20
30
Legends: L-Lecture; T – Tutorial/Teacher Guided Theory Practice; P - Practical; C – Credit; ESE - End Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment.
4. DETAILED COURSE CONTENTS
Unit Major Learning Outcomes Topics and Sub-topics Writing Skills Speaking Skills
Unit – I Grammar
1.1 Apply correct verb in the given sentence
1b. Use grammatically correct sentence in day to day communication
1.1 Tenses - Present Tense (Simple, Continuous,
Perfect, Perfect Continuous) - Past Tense (Simple, Continuous, Perfect) - Future Tense (Simple)
1.2 Distinguish among various Determiners
1d. Distinguish among determiners and apply correctly in communicative usage.
1.2 Determiners - Articles (A, An, The) Some, Any, Much, Many, All, Both, Few, A few, The few, Little, A little, The little, Each, Every.
1.3 Use appropriate modal auxiliaries in a given expression
1f. Choose appropriate modals in situations where different modes of expressions are used.
1.3 Modal Auxiliaries Can, Could, May, Might, Shall, Should, Will, Would, Must, Have to, Need, Ought to
1.4 Choose the correct verb for the given subject
1h. Use the correct verb depending on the subject in a sentence.
1.4 Subject- Verb Agreement
1.5 Distinguish between Active and Passive structures. Apply correct model auxiliary in the given sentence.
1j. Apply the correct voice in formal communication
1.5 The Passive Voice Simple Tenses, Perfect Tenses And Modal Auxiliary Verbs
1.6 Use appropriate preposition in a sentence
1l. Usage of correct preposition as per time, place and direction.
1.6 Prepositions: Time, Place and Direction
1.7 Identify different connectors and their usage.
1n. Join words or sentences using connectors and bring out the desired meaning.
1.7 Connectors: And, But, Or, Nor, Though, Although, If, Unless, Otherwise, Because, as, Therefore, So, Who, Whom, Whose, Which, Where, When, Why.
English Course Code: 3300002
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
3
Unit Major Learning Outcomes Topics and Sub-topics Writing Skills Speaking Skills
Unit – II Comprehension Passages
2.1 Formulate sentences using new words. 2.2 Enrich vocabulary through reading. 2.3 Write short as well as long answers to questions. 2.4 Express ideas in English in written form effectively
2e.Discuss the content of the passage/story in the class. 2f. Ask appropriate questions as well to answer them. 2g. Follow oral instructions and interpret them to others. 2h. Present topics effectively and clearly. 2i.Use dictionary, thesaurus and other reference books. 2j.Describe an object or product. 2k. Use correct pronunciations and intonations. 2l. Give instructions orally
2.1 Comprehension Passages Lincoln’s Letter to His Son’s Teacher
(Abraham Lincoln) What we must Learn from the West
(Narayana Murthy) Dabbawallas: Mumbai’s Best Managed
Business (Amberish K. Diwanji) Internet (Jagdish Joshi) 2.2 Vocabulary Items:
- Matching items (word and its Meaning) - One word Substitution - Phrases and idioms - S ynonyms and Antonyms from
given MCQs
Unit – III Short Stories
3a Express ideas and views on given topics. 3b. Speak briefly on a given topic fluently and clearly. 3c. Participate in formal and informal conversations 3d. Recapitulate orally the facts or ideas presented by the speaker
My Lost Dollar by Stephen Leacock The Snake in the Grass by R K Narayan A Day’s Wait by Earnest Hemingway
Unit – IV Writing Skills
4.1 Write letters and dialogues on given topics / situations.
4b.Face oral examinations and interviews
4.1 Dialogue Writing 4.2 Samples for Practice: - Meeting ad Parting - Introducing and Influencing - Requests - Agreeing and Disagreeing - Inquiries and Information 4.3 Letter: - Placing an order - Letter to Inquiry - Letter of Complaint - Letter of Adjustment - Letter seeking permission
Unit – V Speaking Skills
5a.Follow correct pronunciation, stress and intonation in everyday conversation.
For 28 hours of practical periods, digital language laboratory is recommended to be established in every polytechnic. But as polytechnics currently do not have digital language laboratories practical periods will be engaged encouraging the students to speak as per the text taught in the class.
English Course Code: 3300002
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
4
5. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS & MARKS (THEORY )
Unit Title
Teaching
Hours 42+28
Distribution of Theory Marks
R Level
U Level
A Level
Total
Unit – I Grammar 14 8 8 9 25 Unit – II Comprehension Passages
07 4 6 5 15
Unit – III Short Stories 07 4 5 5 14 Unit – IV Writing Skills 14 3 6 6 15 Unit – V Speaking Skills 28 1 01 Total 70 20 25 25 70
Legends: R = Remembrance; U = Understanding; A = Application and above levels (Revised Bloom’s taxomonoy ) 6. SUGGESTED LIST OF TUTORIAL EXERCISES
The tutorial exercises should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to develop different types of skills leading to the achievement of the above mentioned competencies.
S. No. Unit No.
Experiment
1 I Conversation 1. Introducing oneself 2. Introduction about family 3. Discussion about the weather 4. Seeking Permission to do something 5. Description about hobbies 6. Seeking Information at Railway Station/ Airport 7. Taking Appointments from superiors and industry personnel 8. Conversation with the Cashier- College/ bank 9. Discussing holiday plans 10. Asking about products in a shopping mall 11. Talking on the Telephonic 12. Wishing Birthday to a Friend 13. Talking about Favourite Sports
2 II Presentation Skills General Presentations pertaining to Unit I, II, III
7. SUGGESTED LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES
Following is the list of proposed student activities like:
course/topic based seminars, internet based assignments, teacher guided self learning activities, course/library/internet/lab based mini-projects etc.
These could be individual or group-based.
English Course Code: 3300002
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
5
8. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
A. Text Book
Sr.
No.
Author/s Title of Books Publication
1 Juneja & Qureshi Active English Macmillan
B. List of Reference Books
Sr.
No.
Author/s Title of Books Publication
1 Wren & Martin High School English Grammar
S. Chand & Co. Ltd
2 M. Gnanamurali English Grammar at Glance
S. Chand & Co. Ltd.
3 E. Suresh Kumar & Others
Effective English Pearson
4 S. Chandrashekhar & Others
English Communication for Polytechnics
Orient BlackSwan
5 - English Fluency Step 1 & 2
Macmillan
6 - Active English Dictionary
Longman
C. List of Major Equipment/ Instrument
i. Digital English Language Laboratory
ii. Computers for language laboratory software
iii. Headphones with microphone
iv. Computer furniture
D. List of Software/Learning Websites
i. http://www.free-english-study.com/
ii. http://www.english-online.org.uk/course.htm
iii. http://www.english-online.org.uk/
iv. http://www.talkenglish.com/
v. http://www.learnenglish.de/
English Course Code: 3300002
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
6
9. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Polytechnic Faculty Members
Prof. K. H. Talati, Govt. Polytechnic, Gandhinagar (Convener)
Ms. Almas Juneja, Gujarat Technological University, Ahmedabad.
Shri. D. M. Patel, Govt. Polytechnic, Ahmedabad.
Dr. Sonal K. Mehta, Govt. Girls Polytechnic, Ahmedabad.
Shri. Bhadresh J. Dave, Govt. Polytechnic, Rajkot.
Dr. Peena Thanki, Govt. Polytechnic, Jamnagar.
Dr. Chetan Trivedi, Govt. Engineering College, Bhavnagar.
Dr. Raviraj Raval, Govt. Polytechnic, Rajkot.
Shri Vaseem Qureshi, Vishwakarma Govt. Engineering College, Chandkheda, Ahmedabad.
NITTTR Bhopal Faculty and Co-ordinator
Dr. Joshua Earnest, , NITTTR, Bhopal
Prof.(Mrs.) Susan S. Mathew, NITTTR, Bhopal
Environment Conservation & Hazard Management CourseCode: 3300003
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT COURSE CURRICULUM
Course Title: Environment Conservation & Hazard Management
(Code: 3300003)
Diploma Programmes in which this course is offered Semester in which offered Biomedical Engineering, Ceramic Engineering, Civil Engineering, Computer Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Environment Engineering, Fabrication Technology, Information Technology, Instrumentation & Control Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, Mining Engineering, Textile Design, Transportation Engineering
First Semester
Architecture Assistantship, Automobile Engineering, Chemical Engineering, Electronics & Communication, Mechatronics Engineering, Metallurgy Engineering, Plastic Engineering, Power Electronics, Printing Technology, Textile Manufacturing, Textile Processing
Second Semester
1. RATIONALE
For a country to progress, sustainable development is one of the key factors. Environment conservation and hazard management is of much importance to every citizen of India. The country has suffered a lot due to various natural disasters. Considerable amount of energy is being wasted. Energy saved is energy produced. Environmental pollution is on the rise due to rampant industrial mismanagement and indiscipline. Renewable energy is one of the answers to the energy crisis and also to reduce environmental pollution. Therefore this course has been designed to develop a general awareness of these and related issues so that the every student will start acting as a responsible citizen to make the country and the world a better place to live in.
2. COMPETENCIES The course content should be taught and implemented with the aim to develop different types of skills leading to the achievement of the following competencies.
i. Take care of issues related to environment conservation and disaster management while working
as diploma engineer.
3. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme (In Hours)
Total Credits
(L+T+P)
Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical Marks Total
Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
100 4
0
0 4
70
30
0
0
Legends: L-Lecture; T – Tutorial/Teacher Guided Theory Practice; P - Practical; C – Credit; ESE - End Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment.
Environment Conservation & Hazard Management CourseCode: 3300003
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
4. DETAILED COURSE CONTENTS
Unit Major Learning Outcomes Topics and Sub-topics Unit – I Ecology and environment
1.1 Enhance knowledge about engineering aspects of Environment
1.2 Correlate the facts of ecology and environment A
1.3 assess the effect of pollution 1.4 List the causes of environmental
pollution 1.5 State the major causes of air,
water and noise pollution 1.6 Describe how industrial waste
contaminates the land 1.7 Describe the effects of radiation
on vegetables, animals
1.1 Importance of environment and scope 1.2 Engineering and environment issues 1.3 The natural system, Biotic and a-Biotic
components and processes of natural system 1.4 Eco system, food chain and webs and other
biological Systems, 1.5 Causes of environmental pollution 1.6 Pollution due to solid waste 1.7 water pollution, air pollution, the Noise as
pollution, 1.8 Pollution of land due to industrial and chemical
waste 1.9 Radiation and its effects on vegetables and
animals Unit– II Sustainable Development
2.1 Explain the concept of sustainable development
2.2 Justify the need for renewable energy
2.3 Describe the growth of renewable energy in India
2.4 Explain the concepts of waste management and methods of recyling
2.1 Concept of sustainable development, 2.2 Natural resources, a-biotic and biotic resources 2.3 Principles of conservation of energy and
management 2.4 Need of Renewable energy 2.5 Growth of renewable energy in India and the
world 2.6 Concept of waste management and recyling
Unit – III Wind Power
3.1 Describe the growth of wind power in India
3.2 State the differences between VAWTs and HAWTs
3.3 Explain the differences between drag and lift type wind turbines
3.4 Describe the working of large wind turbines
3.5 List the types of aerodynamic control of large wind turbines
3.6 Name the generators used in large wind turbines
3.1 Growth of wind power in India 3.2 Types of wind turbines – Vertical axis wind
turbines (VAWT) and horizontal axis wind turbines (HAWT)
3.3 Types of HAWTs – drag and lift types 3.4 Working of large wind turbines 3.5 Aerodynamic control of large and small wind
turbines 3.6 Types of electrical generators used in small
and large wind turbines
Unit – IV Solar Power
4.1 Describe the salient features of solar thermal and PV systems
4.2 Describe a solar cooker and solar water heater
4.3 Describe the working of solar PV system
4.4 State the salient features of polycrystalline, monocrystalline and thin film PV systems
4.1 Features of solar thermal and PV systems 4.2 Types of solar cookers and solar water heaters 4.3 Solar PV systems and its components and their
working 4.4 Types of solar PV cells 4.5 Solar PV and solar water heaters, rating and costing
Unit – V Biomass energy
5.1 State the different types of biomass energy sources
5.2 Describe about the energy content in biomass
5.3 Describe the working of simple biogas plant
5.1 Types of Biomass Energy Sources 5.2 Energy content in biomass of different types 5.3 Types of Biomass conversion processes 5.4 Biogas production
Environment Conservation & Hazard Management CourseCode: 3300003
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
Unit Major Learning Outcomes Topics and Sub-topics Unit – VI Seismic Engineering and disaster management
6.1 Explain the principles of seismic Engineering in design of structure
6.2 State the appropriate actions to be taken during disasters
6.1 Introduction of seismic engineering and its application civil engineering designs
6.2 Features of disasters such as Floods, Earthquakes, Fires, Epidemics, Gas/radioactive leaks etc.
6.3 Management and mitigation of above disasters 5. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS & MARKS (THEORY)
Unit No.
Unit Title
Teaching Hours
Distribution of Theory Marks R
Level U
Level A
Level Total
Marks 1. Ecology and Environment 8 4 4 0 8 2. Sustainable Development 10 4 5 1 10 3. Wind Power 10 4 6 4 14 4. Solar Power 10 4 6 4 14 5. Biomass energy 8 4 4 2 10 6. Seismic Engineering and disaster
management 10 6 6 2 14
Total 56 26 31 13 70 Legends: R = Remembrance; U = Understanding; A = Application and above levels (Revised Bloom’s taxomonoy
6. SUGGESTED LIST OF EXPERIMENTS/PRACTICAL EXERCISES
Nil
7. SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES
i. Prepare paper on various sustainable development ii. Make a report after gathering information the values of water, noise pollution and air pollution in your
city/town and compare the values in other cities and towns in India with respect to environmentally acceptable levels
iii. Prepare a paper on air and water pollution in an industry/institute iv. Undertake some small mini projects in any one of the renewable energies v. Visit an energy park and submit project on various sources of energy
vi. Prepare powerpoint on clean and green technologies vii. Prepare a list of do’s and don’ts applicable during disasters
viii. Submit a report on garbage disposal system in your city/town .
Environment Conservation & Hazard Management CourseCode: 3300003
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
8. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
A. List of Books
S. No. Title of Book Author Publication/Year 1 Renewable Energy
Technologies Solanki, Chetan Singh PHI Learning, New Delhi, 2010
2 Ecology and Control of the Natural Environment
Izrael,Y.A. Kluwer Academic Publisher
3 Environment Engineering and Disaster Management
Sharma, Sanjay K. Luxmi Publications, New Delhi
4 Environmental Noise Pollution and Its Control
Chhatwal,G.R.; Katyal,T.; Katyal,
Anmol Publications, New Delhi
5 Wind Power Plants and Project Development
Earnest, Joshua & Wizelius, Tore
PHI Learning, New Delhi, 2011
6 Renewable Energy Sources and Emerging Technologies
Kothari, D.P. Singal, K.C., Ranjan, Rakesh
PHI Learning, New Delhi, 2009
7 Environmental Studies Anandita Basak Pearson
8 Environmental Science and
Engineering
Alka Debi University Press
9 Coping With Natural Hazards,
Indian Context
K. S. Valadia Orient Longman
10 Engineering and Environment Edward S. Rubin Mc Graw Hill Publ.
B. List of Major Equipment/ Instrument
i. Digital sound level meters (to check noise pollution) ii. Digital air quality meter (to measure air pollution)
iii. Digital handheld anemometer (to measure wind speeds) iv. Digital hand held pyranometer (to measure solar radiation levels)
C. List of Software/Learning Websites
i. http://www1.eere.energy.gov/wind/wind_animation.html ii. http://www.nrel.gov/learning/re_solar.html
iii. http://www.nrel.gov/learning/re_biomass.html iv. http://www.mnre.gov.in/schemes/grid-connected/solar-thermal-2/ v. http://www.mnre.gov.in/schemes/grid-connected/biomass-powercogen/
9. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
Prof. H.L.Purohit , HOD, Civil Engg. Dept. L.E.College. Morbi
Shri. P.A.Pandya, LCE, Civil Engg. Dept, G.P , Himatnagar
Co-ordinator and Faculty Members from NITTTR Bhopal
Dr. J.P.Tegar, Professor Dept of Civil and Environmental Engg, NITTTR, Bhopal.
Dr. Joshua Earnest, Professor and Head, Dept. of Electrical & Electronics Engg, NITTTR,
Bhopal
Engineering Chemistry(Group-2) Course Code: 3300006
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT COURSE CURRICULUM
Course Title: Engineering Chemistry(Group-2)
(Code: 3300006)
Diploma Programmes in which this course is offered
Semester in which offered
Biomedical Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Power Electronics Engineering First Semester
Metallurgy Engineering
Second Semester
1. RATIONALE
Science is the foundation for all technician courses. The Basic aim of teaching science is to develop in the students the habit of scientific inquiry, ability to establish the cause and effect, relationship. Chemistry forms the part of applied science. The study of basic concepts of chemistry like chemical bonding, corrosion, water treatment, and different engineering materials like polymers, paints ,lubricants, cement, Refractories etc. will help the students understanding engineering subjects where the emphasis is laid on the application of these concepts Chemistry is concerned with the changes in structure and properties of matter. Many of the process which are involved to bring out this changes forms the basis of engineering activities. Teaching of chemistry should be aimed at developing the right type of aptitude in the students and the ability to predict the result under given condition Thus good foundation in basic science will help the students in their self development, to cope up with continuous flow of innovations.
2. LIST OF COMPETENCIES
The course content should be taught and implemented with the aim to develop different types of skills leading to the achievement of the following competency.
i. Apply the basic concepts and principals of Chemistry in various engineering applications.
3. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme (In Hours)
Total Credits
(L+T+P)
Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical Marks Total Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
150
3 0 2 5 70 30 20 30
Legends: L-Lecture; T – Tutorial/Teacher Guided Theory Practice; P - Practical; C – Credit; ESE - End Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment.
Engineering Chemistry(Group-2) Course Code: 3300006
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
4. DETAILED COURSE CONTENTS
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
Topics and Sub-topics
Unit – I
Chemical Bondings and Catalysis
1.1. Describe the different types of chemical bonds
1.2. Explain various
properties of material depending upon bond formation
1.3. Describe the
molecular structure of solid, liquid and gases
1.4. Comprehend
the crystal structure of metal and properties reflected by packing of atoms
1.5. Explain the
various types of catalysis and catalyst industrial
1.6. List the
industrial applications of catalyst.
Introduction 1.1 Theory Of Valence 1.2 Types of chemical bonds
1.2.1 Electrovalent bond,& its characteristics 1.2.2 Covalent bond & its characteristics 1.2.3 Co- ordinate bond & its characteristics 1.2.4 Hydrogen bond, its types and
Significance 1.2.5 Metallic bond, Explanation of Metallic properties.
1.3 Intermolecular force of attraction 1.4 Molecular arrangement in solid, liquid and gases. 1.5 Structure of solids.
1.5.1 Metallic solids- Unit cell- bcc, fcc and hcp packing of metals –examples and properties reflected by the packing of atoms
1.6 Catalysis, 1.6.1 Types of catalysis 1.6.2 Theory of Catalysis
1.7 Types of Catalyst 1.7.1 Positive Catalyst 1.7.2 Negative Catalyst 1.7.3 Auto-catalyst
1.8 Catalytic Promoter and Catalytic inhibitor 1.9 Industrial Application of Catalyst
Unit– II
Concepts of Electro Chemistry
2.1 Explain
theory of ionization and factors affecting it.
2.2 Explain the
importance of pH &and its industrial application
2.3 List the
2.1 Introduction 2.2 Arrhenius theory of ionization. 2.3 Degree of ionization
2.3.1 Factors affecting the degree of ionization
2.4 Definition of pH 2.4.1 pH of acid, base and neutral solution 2.4.2 pH calculations of acid, base and
salt solution at different concentration 2.4.3 Importance of pH in various fields.
2.5 Definition of buffer solution. 2.5.1 Buffer Action & Types of buffer
solution. 2.5.2 Application of buffer solutions.
2.6 Electrolytes and Non-electrolytes
Engineering Chemistry(Group-2) Course Code: 3300006
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
Topics and Sub-topics
difference between electrolytes and non-electrolytes
2.4 Describe
construction and working of electrochemical cell
2.5 State the term: electrode potential and standard condition for its measurement
2.6 State the
application of electrolysis process for surface coating
2.6.1 Types of electrolytes 2.7 Construction and working of
electrochemical cell 2.8 Standard conditions 2.9 Standard hydrogen electrodes 2.10 Nernst theory of single electrode potential & Nernst equation 2.11 Electrochemical series, galvanic series 2.12 Electrolysis, Faradays laws of electrolysis 2.13 Industrial application of Electrolysis 2.14 Conductance of solution
(a) Conductivity (b)Specific Conductivity (c) Equivalent conductivity
(d) Molar conductivity
Unit– III
Corrosion of metals & its prevention
3.1 Describe the different types of corrosion
3.2 Comprehend
the different factors affecting rate of corrosion
3.3 Explain the
different protective measures to prevent the corrosion
3.1. Definition of corrosion 3.2 Types of corrosion
3.2.1 Dry corrosion: Oxidation corrosion mechanism corrosion-mechanism , Nature of oxide film
3.2.2 Wet corrosion-mechanism 3.2.3 Concentration cell corrosion
3.3 Pitting corrosion 3.4 Waterline corrosion 3.5 Crevice corrosion
3.6 Factors affecting the rate of corrosion,- Nature of film, Nature of Environment,PH of Solution, Area of cathode anode and, Temperature, Moisture, Purity of metal
3.7 . Methods of prevention of corrosion- Modification of environment
, Modification of the properties of metal , Use of protective coatings. Anodic and
cathodic protection, Modification in design and choice of material
Unit– IV Fuels and Combustion
4.1 Classify
different fuels
4.2 Determinate
calorific value
4.3State the
significance of
4.1 Definition of fuels classification of fuels 4.2 Calorific value and its unit
4.2.1 Determination of calorific value by Bomb calorimeter
4.3 Solid Fuels: Coal 4.3.1 Classification of coal 4.3.2 proximate and ultimate analysis of fuels
4.4 Numerical based analysis of coal-Dulong formula 4.5 Liquid Fuels: Petroleum,
Engineering Chemistry(Group-2) Course Code: 3300006
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
Topics and Sub-topics
octane and
cetane number
4.4 Justify the
need of
alternative
fuels such as
power alcohol
and Bio-diesel
and hydrogen
gas
4.5.1 Origin of petroleum& Composion of petroleum, 4.5.2 Refining of petroleum 4.5.3 Octane Number of petroleum,Cetane number of petroleum 4.5.4 Power alcohol, Bio-diesel.
4.6 Gaseous fuels: Composition, Properties and application of natural gas
4.6.1 .CNG,LPG and LNG-Properties and application 4.6.2 Hydrogen gas as fuel
4.7 Combustion-chemical reaction.
Unit– V
Lubricants
5.1 Explain terms Lubrication and Lubricants
5.2 Describe the
different types of lubricants
5.3 Describe the
physical and chemical property of lubricants
5.4 Selection of
proper lubricants for engineering use
5.1 Introduction and definition of lubricants and lubrication 5.2 function of lubricants 5.3 Types of lubrication
5.3.1 Fluid film lubrication. 5.3.2 Boundary lubrication
5.4 Classification of lubricants 5.4.1 Solid lubricants 5.4.2 Semi-solid lubricants 5.4.3 Liquid lubricants 5.4.4 Synthetic oils
5.5 Physical Properties of lubricants and their significance like 5.5.1 Viscosity and viscosity index 5.5.2 Flash point and fire point 5.5.3 Pour point and cloud point 5.5.4 oiliness
5.6 Chemical Properties of lubricants like 5.6.1 Saponification value 5.6.2 Neutralization number 5.6.3 Emulsification number
5.7 Selection of lubricants for 5.7.1 Gears 5.7.2 Cutting tools 5.7.3 Steam turbine.
Unit– VI
Polymers, Elastomers & Insulating Material
6.1 Explain the
process of polymerisation
6.2 Classify
polymers based on different properties
6.3 Explain the
6.1 Introduction and Definition of Polymer and Monomer 6.2 Classification of Polymer on basis of Molecular
structure as Linear, Branch and Cross-linked polymers 6.3 Classification on basis of monomers (homopolymer and
copolymer) 6.4 Classification of Polymers on basis of Thermal
behavior(Thermoplastics& Thermosetting) 6.5 Types polymerization Reaction
6.5.1 Addition Polymerization 6.5.2 Condensation Polymerization 6.6 Synthesis, properties and application of 6.6.1 Polyethylene 6.6.2 Polypropylene 6.6.3 Polyvinyl chloride
Engineering Chemistry(Group-2) Course Code: 3300006
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
Topics and Sub-topics
properties and uses of Polymers, elastomers & adhesives.
6.4 Describe the
process of vulcanization of rubber
6.5 Explain the
properties and uses of different insulating materials
6.6.4Teflon 6.6.4 Polystyrene 6.6.5 Phenol formaldehyde 6.6.6 Acrylonitrile 6.6.7 Epoxy Resin
6.7 Elastomers 6.8 Natural rubber and its properties 6.9 Vulcanization of rubber 6.10 Synthetic rubber, Synthesis, properties and uses
6.10.1 Buna-S Rubber 6.10.2 Buna-N Rubber 6.10.3 Neoprene Rubber
6.11 Insulators: Definition 6.12 Classification and properties of
insulating materials : 6.12.1 Natural insulating materials(wood,cotton,mica,paper etc.) 6.12.2 Insulating oils. 6.12.3 Insulating wool,resines
6.13 Synthetic insulating Unit– VII
Electrochemical Energy Sources
7.1 List of various types of
Batteries 7.2 Describe the
construction and working of various batteries
7.3 Explain the working of fuel cell
7.1 Batteries: An electrochemical source of energy 7.2 Types of Batteries :-Primary, Secondary and
fuel batteries. 7.3 Dry cell- construction and working. 7.4 Lead acid storage cell- -construction and
working. 7.5 Nickel/Cadmium battery –construction and
Working. 7.6 Fuel cell- definition example H2/O2
fuel cell [green fuel cell] - solar cells 5. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS & MARKS (THEORY)
Unit No.
Unit Title
Teaching
Hours
Distribution of Theory Marks
R Level
U Level
A Level
Total
1. Chemical Bondings and catalysis 06 3 2 3 08 2. Concepts of Electro Chemistry 07 4 4 4 12
3. Corrosion of metals & its
prevention 05 3 2 3 08
4. Fuels and Combustion 07 4 4 4 12 5. Lubricants 05 2 3 3 08
6. Polymers, Elastomers & Insulating
Material 07 4 4 6 14
7. Electrochemical Energy Sources 05 3 2 3 08 Total 42 23 21 26 70
Legends: R = Remembrance; U = Understanding; A = Application and above levels (Revised Bloom’s taxonomy)
Engineering Chemistry(Group-2) Course Code: 3300006
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
6. SUGGESTED LIST OF EXERCISES/PRACTICAL/EXPERIMENTS
The exercises/practical/experiments should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to develop
different types of skills leading to the achievement of the competency. Following is the list of
exercises/practical/experiments for guidance.
S. No.
Unit No.
Practical Exercises/Experiment
1 1 Find out strength of given acidic solution using standard solution of Base. 2 3 Standardize KMnO4 solution by preparing standard oxalic acid and to estimate ferrous ions. 3 3 Standardize Na2S2O3 solution by preparing standard potassium dichromate and to estimate
percentage of copper from brass. 4 6 Determine the viscosity of given lubricating oil by using Red-wood Viscometer 5 6 To Determine Flash of given lubricating oil. 6 2 To Determine PH-Values of given samples of Solution by using Universal Indicator and PH-
meter 7 6 Determine molecular weight of a polymer using Ostwald viscometer 8 6 Prepare (any one ) polystyrene, urea formaldehyde, phenol formaldehyde and its
Characterization 9 6 Determine Acid Value of given lubricating Oil. 10 4 Determine percentage of moisture in given sample of coal by proximate analysis 11 6 Determine of saponification value of an lubricating oil 12 3 Study of corrosion of metals in medium of different pH 13 4 Determine ash content of a given sample of coal 14 6 Determine Fire point of given lubricating oil. 15 3 Study of Corrosion of Metals in the different Mediums. Note Minimum Ten Experiments/Practical Exercises should be performed by the students
from the above given list. Or any other experiments related to above topics
7. SUGGESTED LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES
Following is the list of proposed student activities like: Teacher guided self learning activities. Course/topic based internet based assignments. Library survey regarding Engineering Material used in different industries. Industrial Visits of one or Two Industries. Quiz & Brain storming session related to Fuel properties & Utilization of fuel for different purposes. Sampling & Testing of water collected from different places. These could be individual or group-based.
Engineering Chemistry(Group-2) Course Code: 3300006
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
Sr.No. Title of Books Author Publication
1 Engineering Chemistry JAIN & JAIN Dhanpat Rai and Sons 2 A Text Book of
Polytechnic Chemistry V.P. Mehta Jain Brothers
3 A Text Book of Applied Chemistry
J. Rajaram Tata McGraw Hill Co. New Delhi
4 Engineering Chemistry S.S.Dara S.Chand Publication
8. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
A. List of Books
. B. List of Major Equipment/ Instrument
pH- Meter
Red wood Viscometer.
Pensky Martin Apparatus / Abel's Apparatus.
Cleveland open cup apparatus.
Glass wares
C. List of Software/Learning Websites: --- (a) www.chemistryteaching.com (b) en.wikipedia.org/wiki/chemistry (c) www.chm1.com (d) www.em-ea.org (e) www.ce.sc.edu (f) www2.chemistry.msu.edu
9. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
Prof.J.C.Patel, I/C.Head, Science & Humanities Department, Dr.S.& S.S. Ghandhy College of Engineering Technology, Surat
Prof. Dr. P.R.Patel, Head, Science & Humanities Department N.G.Patel Polytechnic, Isroli,
Bardoli
Prof.S.A.Nimakwala, I/C.Head, Science & Humanities Department,Shri.K.J. Polytechnic,
Bharuch.
Prof.R.R.Patel, I/C.Head, Science & Humanities Department,G.P. Himmatnagar
Co-ordinator and Faculty Members from NITTTR Bhopal
Dr. Anju Rawlley , Professor Applied Science Dept. NITTTR, Bhopal Dr. C.K.Chug ,Professor & Head Dept. of Electronic media , NITTTR, Bhopal
Basic of Computer & Information Technology Course Code: 3300013
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT
COURSE CURRICULUM
Course Title: Basic of Computer & Information Technology (Code: 3300013)
Diploma Programmes in which this course is offered Semester in which offered Biomedical Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Electronics & Communication
First Semester
1. RATIONALE
This subject envisages making the student know the fundamentals of Computer Application. It will also
helps the student to have hands on experience on different application software used for office automation
like MS-Word, MS-Excel and MS-PowerPoint, day-to-day problem solving, in particular for creating
business documents, data analysis and graphical representations. 2. LIST OF COMPETENCIES
The course content should be taught and implemented with the aim to develop different types of skills
leading to the achievement of the following competency:
i. Use MS Office software for word-processing, data analysis and preparing presentations
ii. Create a webpage
3. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme (In Hours)
Total Credits
(L+T+P)
Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical Marks Total
Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
100 0
0
0 4
00
00
40
60
Legends: L-Lecture; T – Tutorial/Teacher Guided Theory Practice P - Practical; C – Credit; ESE - End Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment.
Basic of Computer & Information Technology Course Code: 3300013
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
4. DETAILED COURSE CONTENT
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
Topics and Sub-topics
Unit – I Basics of Computer System
1.1 Describe computer hardware and software
1.2 Identify I/O devices 1.3 Describe functioning of
CU ALU and memory unit
1.4 Differentiate various types of printers
1.5 Explain use of OS 1.6 Demonstrate various
file handling operations
Basics of Computer System 1.1 Concept of Hardware and Software 1.2 Computer block diagram 1.3 Input Output unit 1.4 CPU, Control Unit, Arithmetic logic Unit
(ALU), Memory Unit 1.5 Monitor, Printers: Dot matrix, Laser, Inkjet,
Plotters, Scanner 1.6 System software and Application Software 1.7 Operating system concepts, purpose and
functions 1.8 Operations of Windows OS. 1.9 Creating and naming of file and folders 1.10 Copying file, renaming and deleting of files
and folders, 1.11 Searching files and folders, installation
application, creating shortcut of application on the desktop
1.12 Overview of control Panel, Taskbar. Unit– II Using MS - Word 2007
2.1 Use basics text formatting features
2.2 Manipulate text 2.3 Use page Setup features 2.4 Use spell and grammar
utility 2.5 Work with graphics/
clipart 2.6 Create and manipulate
table 2.7 Use auto shapes and its
formatting with text
Using MS - Word 2007 2.1 Overview of Word processor 2.2 Basics of Font type, size, colour, 2.3 Effects like Bold, italic , underline,
Subscript and superscript, 2.4 Case changing options, 2.5 Inserting, deleting, undo and redo, Copy and
Moving (cutting) text within a document, 2.6 Formatting Paragraphs and Lists 2.7 Setting line spacing; single 2.8 Page settings and margins including header
and footer 2.9 Spelling and Grammatical checks 2.10 Table and its options, Inserting rows or
columns, merging and splitting cells, Arithmetic Calculations in a Table.
2.11 Working with pictures, Inserting Pictures from Files,
2.12 Using Drawings and WordArt; Lines and Shapes, Modifying Drawn Objects, Formatting Drawn Objects, options for Creating and Modifying a WordArt Object
Basic of Computer & Information Technology Course Code: 3300013
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
Topics and Sub-topics
Unit– III Using MS - Excel 2007
3.1 Use basic formatting and data entry features
3.2 Use formula and functions
3.3 Work with graphics 3.4 Create and manipulate
charts 3.5 Use header and footer
options 3.6 Setup page layout and
print worksheet
Using MS - Excel 2007 3.1 Introduction to Excel 2007, 3.2 Introduction to data, Cell address, Excel
Data Types, Concept of hyperlink 3.3 Introduction to formatting, number, text and
date formatting 3.4 Concept of worksheet and workbook 3.5 Understanding formulas, Operators in Excel
2007, Operators Precedence, Understanding Functions, Common Excel Functions such as sum, average, min, max, date, transpose, In, And, or, sqrt, power, upper, lower.
3.6 Types of graphics : Word art, auto shapes , Images
3.7 Introduction to charts, overview of different types of charts available with Excel
3.8 Concept of print area, margins, header, footer and other page setup options
Unit – IV Using MS - PowerPoint 2007
4.1 Create new presentation and apply basic formatting features
4.2 Use master slide 4.3 Create and manipulate
table 4.4 Work with objects and
clips 4.5 Work with video 4.6 Work with audio 4.7 Use special effects 4.8 Use navigation and
hyper linking
Using MS - PowerPoint 2007 4.1 Outline of an effective presentations, 4.2 Starting a New Presentation Files, Saving work, 4.3 Creating new Slides, Working with textboxes. 4.4 Changing a slides Layout, Applying a theme,
Changing Colours, fonts and effects, Creating and managing custom Colour & font theme, Changing the background
4.5 Managing slides master, Managing theme. 4.6 Changing the font, font size, font colour,
text fill, 4.7 Adjusting character spacing and line
spacing Formatting text boxes. 4.8 Word arts, styles, 4.9 Formatting bulleted lists and numbered list, 4.10 Finding and replacing text, Correcting your
spelling 4.11 Creating a new and editing a table’s
structure, 4.12 Selecting, deleting, moving, copying,
resizing and arranging objects, 4.13 Working with drawing tools, Applying
shape or picture styles, Applying object borders, object fill, object effects.
4.14 Working with clip art collection and modifying clip art,
4.15 Embed a video, Link to a video, Size a video, Video playback options,
4.16 Configuring a sound playback, Assigning sound to an object, Adding a digital music sound track, Transition effects and timings,
Basic of Computer & Information Technology Course Code: 3300013
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
Topics and Sub-topics
4.17 Creating hyperlinks, Using action buttons
UNIT-V MS-OFFICE INDIC & TBIL
5.1 Create application and
other documents in Guajarati.
5.1 Introduction about MS Office Indic 5.2 Installation of ms-office indic 5.3 How to change language English to Gujarati 5.4 Introduction about the Gujarati keyboards 5.5 Introduction about the Gujarati IME. 5.6 Difference between Remington and 5.7 Transliteration K/B 5.8 How to operate the K/B. What is 5.9 Transliteration K/B? 5.10 How to type different Characters and Words 5.11 from transliteration K/B 5.12 How to use IME help? How to use spelling 5.13 grammars check in Gujarati? 5.14 What is Smart Tag? What is Thesaurus? 5.15 How to change the Menu from English to
Gujarati? 5.16 Convert the ASCII font to Unicode from TBIL
Converter UNIT-VI Introduction to Internet HTML
6.1 Use internet access
efficiently.
6.1 What is the Internet? 6.2 Web pages 6.3 Home page 6.4 Use of web sites 6.5 Access providers 6.6 Types of access 6.7 The browser 6.8 Universal resource locators 6.9 Browsing or surfing the web 6.10 A search engine 6.11 Internet phone Applications of the Internet: 6.12 E-mail 6.13 Voice mail 6.14 Newsgroup 6.15 Mailing list 6.16 Internet relay chat 6.17 Games 6.18 Video-conferencing 6.19 File transfer protocol
Unit – VII Using HTML
7.1 Comprehend the HTML page structure
7.2Use basic formatting tags in HTML
7.3Create and format tables
Basic structure of HTML 7.1 Structure of HTML Page 7.2 Inserting formatting tags for Text: bold,
italic, underline, line break, special character, predefine headings, paragraph,
Basic of Computer & Information Technology Course Code: 3300013
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
Topics and Sub-topics
7.4Insert and format images in HTML page
7.5 Create various types of hyper linking
7.6 Work with video and sound files
comments. 7.3 Font color, size, Alignment 7.4 Margin with body tag, background and text
colour 7.5 Ordered and unordered lists Tables, Images and Links in HTML 7.6 Tables – basic structure, Using TD, TR, TH
tags, use of basic elements in table : border, cellpadding, cellspacing, width, caption, align, bgcolor
7.7 Images in web page: inserting and formatting of images using SRC, border, Vspace, Hspace, align, ALT, height, width and background in HTML page
7.8 Types of links: Linking two or more web pages, linking within a web page, linking to external page, linking to a specific point in another web page, linking image file, mailto.
Working with Multimedia Objects 7.9 Video and sound file. Add marquees of
scrolling text. Inserting and controlling video and audio in HTML page
5. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION FOR DISTRIBUTION OF HOURS AND MARKS (THEORY) Not Applicable
6. SUGGESTED LIST OF EXERCISES/PRACTICAL/EXPERIMENTS
The exercises/practical/experiments should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to develop
different types of skills leading to the achievement of the competency. Following is the list of
exercises/practical/experiments for guidance.
S. No. Unit No.
Experiment
1 I Create and manage files and folder tree Use accessories utilities of windows OS
2 II Entering and editing text in document file. Apply formatting features on Text like Bold, Italics, Underline, font type, colour and
size. Apply features like bullet, numbering Create documents, insert images, format tables Create and manipulate tables
3 III Entering and editing data in worksheet Apply formula and functions in the sheet Use graphics and auto shapes in Excel sheet Create and manipulate EXCEL charts Create Pay bills, Pay slips, Electricity bills using Excel
Basic of Computer & Information Technology Course Code: 3300013
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
Print sheet using print area 4 IV Basic operations of Power point, Create PPT and inset and delete slides
Create Project presentations, Lecture presentations. Use of Mater Slide in Presentation Apply basic formatting features in presentation like font, font size, font colour,
text fill, spacing and line spacing Formatting text boxes, word arts, styles bullet and numbering
Working with drawing tools, Applying shape or picture styles, Applying object borders, object fill, object effects.
Working with video, Link to video and sound files. Creating hyperlinks, Using action buttons
5 V Installation and keyboard setting of Guajarati indic. Create invitation letter in Guajarati using indic
6 VI Practice browsing of different sites using search engine practice and understand different E-Mail services – Outlook, Yahoo mail, rediffmail
etc Practice Creating E-Mail accounts, Sending, Receiving & Storing of mails.
7 VII Basic program of HTML Program based on Inserting formatting tags for Text: bold, italic, underline,
line break, special character, predefine headings, paragraph, comments. Use Font color, size, background and Alignment Create ordered and and unordered list Create program on Tables – basic structure, Using TD, TR, TH tags, use of
basic elements in table : border, cellpadding, cellspacing, width, caption, align, bgcolor
Working with Images in web page: inserting and formatting of images using SRC, border, Vspace, Hspace, align, ALT, height, width and background.
Program based on Linking two or more web pages, linking within a web page, linking to external page, linking to a specific point in another web page, linking image file, mailto.
Working with Video and sound file.
7. SUGGESTED LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES
Following is the list of proposed student activities like: course/topic based seminars, internet based Assignments, teacher guided self learning activities, course/library/internet/lab based mini-projects etc. These could be individual or group-based.
Learning Strategies
Learning Computer application in the class room takes place through activities like reading individually and in groups, discussion, debate, and quiz, seminars preparing notes, observation and program writing. Preparation for practical work also should take place in the class room. Preparation notes for laboratory work, design stepss and data are some of the things that have to be developed in the class room before the practical work in the laboratory. Among these, individual activities such as assignment and self-check questions given in the text book could be done at Home. But they have to be discussed in the class room. The students should also record such assignments in the note book. The teacher should give clear instructions as to what are the activities to be done at home and how they could be done. On the Job Training (OJT) and Field visit have to be conducted and the report should be prepared by the students. The teacher should give clear instruction to prepare reports.
Basic of Computer & Information Technology Course Code: 3300013
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
Evaluation Activities for CE The continuous evaluation may include the following activities;
1. Class Test 2. Assignment 3. Seminar/Symposium 4. Project 5. Collection/Records 6. Group discussion/Debate
For continuous evaluation of lab activity
S.NO Content Max. Marks 1 Lab Record 05 2 Answer one question from Computer Basics & Internet 10 3 Writing steps on any two (one each from Section – II, III) 15 4 Executing of two exercises 40 5 Result /Printout 10 6 Viva voice 20
Total 100
8. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
A. List of Books
Sr.
No.
Author Title of Books Publication
1 R Taxali Computer Course Tata McGraw Hills. New Delhi.
2 Xavier World Wide Web design with HTML
Tata McGraw Hills. New Delhi.
3 CURTIN, FOLEY, SEN, MORIN
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
TMH
4 V. RAJARAMAN (3RD EDITION)
FUNDAMENTALS OF COMPUTERS
PHI
5 CISTEMS INTERNET AN INTRODUCTION
TMH
6 SAGMAN MICROSOFT OFFICE FOR WINDOWS( ‘O’ LEVEL DOEACC)
PEARSON EDUCATION ISBN 81-7808-341-8
7 C. XAVIER WORLD WIDE WEB DESIGN WITH HTML
TMH
8 COURTER MASTERING MS OFFICE - 2000 PROFESSIONAL
TECHMEDIA
9 DAVID D.BUCH PAGEMAKER 6.5 /7 BPB PUBLICATION 10 PHOTOSHOP 6/ 7 BPB PUBLICATION
Basic of Computer & Information Technology Course Code: 3300013
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
COMPLETE 11 SHROFF INTRODUCTION TO
INTERNET AND HTML SCRIPTING 3RD ED
12 T R JAGADISH ET A COMPUTER LABORATORY REFERRAL FOR DIPLOMA & ENGINEERING STUDENTS
AL UNIVERSITIES PRESS
B. List of Major Equipment/ Instrument
I. COMPUTER II. PROJECTOR
III. EQUIPMENTS LIKE PRINTER,SCANNER,PLOTTER,MODEM
C. List of Software/Learning Websites
I. Microsoft Office Professional 2010 II. Norton Antivirus 2012
III. Window 7.0 IV. MS-OFFICE Indic
9. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Polytechnic Faculty Members
Prof. T.R.PARMAR, Lecturer in E.C, G.P.PALNAPUR
Prof. G.V.PARMAR ,Lecturer in E.C., A.V.P.T.I. RAJKOT
NITTTR Bhopal Co-ordinator and Faculty Member
Dr Sanjay Agrawal, Prof. and Head Dept. Of Computer Engg. And Applications, NITTTR, Bhopal
Dr. M A Rizvi, Associate Prof. Dept. Of Computer Engg. And Applications, NITTTR, Bhopal
Fundamental of Mechanical Engineering Course Code:3300015
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT COURSE CURRICULUM
Course Title: Fundamental of Mechanical Engineering (Code: 3300015)
Diploma Programmes in which this course is offered Semester in which offered Electrical Engineering, Plastic Engineering
First Semester
Ceramic Engineering, Metallurgy Engineering, Mining Engineering, Transportation Engineering
Second Semester
1. RATIONALE:
In the era of technology integration, it has become unavoidable to possess the basic knowledge of various engineering disciplines. The advancement in technology is the best on multi technology integration and hence in performance too. The motive of this subject is to enhance the knowledge & skill level in the inter disciplinary area to strengthen the present practices. This course is specially designed with a view to impart basic knowledge of other conventional disciplines (other than own discipline). This course mainly encompasses the major and general areas of mechanical engineering which are being used by common man to large industrial sectors. A technician has to know many times the implications and knowledge of other disciplines so as to conclude the solution of his/her own branch tasks.
2. LIST OF COMPETENCIES:
i. To perform the simple tasks related to mechanical engineering so as to reduce the dependency on
mechanical engineers and to achieve the reliability and quality of own branch’s tasks.
3. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME:
Teaching Scheme (In Hours)
Total Credits (L+T+P)
Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical Marks Total Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA 150
3 0 2 5 70 30 20 30
Legends: L-Lecture; T – Tutorial/Teacher Guided Theory Practice; P - Practical; C – Credit; ESE - End Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment.
Fundamental of Mechanical Engineering Course Code:3300015
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
4. DETAILED COURSE CONTENTS:
Unit Major Learning Outcomes Sub-topics
Unit –1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 Identify
mechanical related basic components and their uses.
1.1 Introduction of mechanical engineering. 1.2 Use of mechanical engineering :
a. In day to day life. b. Interdisciplinary use.
1.3 Items in general use- identification criteria, major types, specifications and uses : such as bolts, nuts, washers, bearings, bushes, belts, springs, levers, couplings, brakes, screws, rivets, keys, o’ rings, oil seals, gears, pulleys, shafts, axles, etc.
1.4 Pipes and pipe fittings- Types , specifications and uses of pipes and pipe fittings.
1.5 Hand and power tools: a. Types, specifications and uses of spanners (such
as fix, ring, box, pipe, allen, adjustable, etc.). b. Types, specifications and uses of hand tools
(such as pliers, screw drivers, saws, hammers, chisels, cutters, planes, etc.).
c. Types, specifications and uses of power tools(drill, chipper, etc.)
Unit –2 POWER TRANSMISSION & SAFETY
2.1 Identify the type
of power transmissions being used.
2.2 Follow general safety norms.
2.1 Power transmission:
a. Importance. b. Modes (belt drives, rope drives, chain drives and
gear trains). c. Types of belts. d. Gear train-concept, transmission ratio. e. Applications.
2.2 Types and applications of couplings in power transmission.
2.3 Causes and remedies of general accidents in power transmission.
2.4 Safety norms to be followed for preventing accidents and damage in power transmission.
2.5 Safety norms to be followed in mechanical based industries / shop floors.
Unit – 3 PROCESSES ON MATERIAL
3.1 Understand
common metal joining and machining methods.
3.1 Welding.
a. Types. b. Working setup of arc and gas welding,
accessories and consumables. c. Types of work carried out by welding. d. Precautions and safety during arc and gas
welding.
Fundamental of Mechanical Engineering Course Code:3300015
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
Unit Major Learning Outcomes Sub-topics
3.2 Brazing and Soldering. a. General set up. b. Applications.
3.3 Gas cutting. a. Working setup, accessories and consumables. b. Types of work carried out. c. Precautions and safety during gas cutting.
3.4 Foundry. a. Concept. b. Process of getting cast material. c. Applications.
3.5 Other metal forming and cutting operations- bending, shearing-concept and applications.
3.6 Basic machine tools. a. Working principle of hacksaw, lathe, drill and
milling machines. b. Types of operations / jobs which can be
performed on machine tools listed above.
UNIT –4 STEAM GENERATION AND PRIME MOVERS
4.1 Explain
working of boilers and prime movers.
4.1 Steam.
a. Generation process. b. Properties.
4.2 Boilers. a. Classification. b. Working. c. Accessories and mountings-types and
applications. d. Applications. e. Regulations and safety requirements. f. Common troubles and remedies.
4.3 Prime movers. a. Meaning. b. Classification. c. Working. d. Steam turbine-working. e. Gas turbine-types and applications. f. Common troubles and remedies.
Unit –5 INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES
5.1 Explain working
of internal combustion engines.
5.1 Internal combustion engines.
a. Meaning. b. Classification.
5.2 Working of petrol engine, diesel engine and gas engine. 5.3 Performance parameters. 5.4 Main parts and functions. 5.5 Applications. 5.6 Common troubles and remedies.
Fundamental of Mechanical Engineering Course Code:3300015
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
Unit Major Learning Outcomes Sub-topics
Unit– 6 HYDRAULIC AND PNEUMATIC DEVICES
6.1 Identify the
applications of fluid concepts.
6.2 Use pumps and other hydraulic –pneumatic equipments and machineries.
6.1 Concept of theory of fluid flow. 6.2 General properties of fluids. 6.3 Pump.
a. Working principle. b. Types. c. Working of centrifugal and reciprocating pumps. d. Performance parameters. e. Main parts of pumps and their functions. f. Common troubles and remedies.
6.4 Water turbines-working principle, types and applications.
6.5 Common troubles and remedies of water turbine. 6.6 Air compressor.
a. Working principle. b. Types. c. Performance parameters. d. Applications.
6.7 Other hydraulic/pneumatic/ hydro-pneumatic equipments.
a. Principle of working-hydraulic lift, hydraulic pump, hydraulic power pack, hydraulic jack.
b. Applications of above.
Unit – 7 MATERIAL HANDLING
7.1 Select proper
material handling equipment.
7.2 Identify common reasons for common troubles.
7.1 Need of material handling. 7.2 Types , principle of working and applications of material
handling equipments. a. Hoisting equipments. b. Conveying equipments. c. Surface & overhead equipments. d. Earth moving machineries. e. Construction machineries.
7.3 Criteria for selection of material handling equipments. 7.4 Factors affecting selection of material handling
equipments. 7.5 Selection of suitable material handling equipment for the
given situation. 7.6 Common troubles and remedies.
Fundamental of Mechanical Engineering Course Code:3300015
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
5. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS & MARKS (THEORY )
Unit No.
Unit Title
Teaching
Hours
Distribution of Theory Marks R
Level U
Level A
Level Total
1. Introduction 4 5 0 2 07 2. Power transmission & safety 8 7 7 0 14 3. Processes on material 8 7 3 4 14 4. Steam generation and prime movers 4 3 4 0 07 5. Internal combustion engines 6 3 4 2 09 6 Hydraulic and pneumatic devices 6 3 3 3 09 7 Material handling 6 7 0 3 10
Total 42 35 21 14 70 Legends: R = Remembrance; U = Understanding; A = Application and above levels. NOTES:
a: If mid sem test is part of continuous evaluation, unit numbers 1, 2 and 3 are to be considered. b: Ask the questions from each topic as per marks weightage. Optional questions must be asked from the
same topic. That is weightage of compulsory attendance part of questions will be equal to marks allotted to each topic.
6. SUGGESTED LIST OF EXERCISES/PRACTICAL/EXPERIMENTS
The exercises/practical/experiments should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to develop
different types of skills leading to the achievement of the competency. Following is the list of
exercises/practical/experiments for guidance.
.
Ex. No.
Unit No. Practical Exercises/Experiment Hours
1 1
Demonstrate use of various mechanical items, spanners, hand tools and power tools. Student will prepare the report which will include sketches of each item demonstrated with specifications and applications.
02
2 2
a: Demonstrate various power transmission methods. Also demonstrate items used in power transmission with material of construction and specifications of each item. Student will prepare the report on working principles, set up sketch, working parameters, specifications of items and safety norms followed.
b: Student will calculate velocity ratios for belt drives and number of teeth for gear train based on given data.
04
3 3
Demonstrate working of welding transformers, welding process, gas welding process , gas cutting process, brazing and soldering process. Student will prepare the report on working principles, set up sketch, working parameters, consumables used with specifications and safety norms
02
Fundamental of Mechanical Engineering Course Code:3300015
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
followed. 4 3 Prepare simple weld joint job. 02
5 3
a: Demonstrate various machining methods on hacksaw, lathe, drill and milling machines.
b: Also prepare simple turning job. 04
6 4 Study boiler, boiler mountings and boiler accessories. 02
7 5
Perform and study the effect of variation of load on fuel-consumption of an I.C. engines (On petrol engine). Also locate the faults in a given petrol engine and suggest remedial measures.
02
8 5
Perform and study the effect of variation of load on fuel-consumption of an I.C. engines (On diesel engine). Also locate the faults in a given diesel engine and suggest remedial measures.
02
9 6 Demonstrate a water-turbine. 02 10 6 Perform test on Air compressor. 02
11 6 Perform test on centrifugal pump. Also find fault and remedies for centrifugal pump. 02
12 7 Study various types of materials handling equipments. 02 Total 28
NOTES:
1. It is compulsory to prepare log book of exercises. It is also required to get each excersise recorded in logbook, checked and duly dated signed by laboratory assistant/instructor and teacher.
2. Student activities are compulsory and are also required to be performed and noted in logbook. 3. For 20 marks practical ESE, students are to be assessed for competencies achieved.
7. STUDENT ACTIVITIES:
S. No. Details of activity.
1 Student will visit the respective discipline industry / site (electrical, printing, as applicable) and will prepare the list of mechanical engineering related equipments/machineries used by that industry / site.
2 Student will observe the fuel supply system of any bike and will also observe the working of engine. Student will also identify the type and specification of engine used for bike.
3 Prepare the list of mechanical items surrounding to you.
8. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES:
A. List of Books.
S.No. Title of Books Author Publication
1 Theory of Machines R.S.Khurmi and J.K.Gupta S.Chand
2 Heat engine Shah & Pandya Charotar Publishing House 3 Hydraulic machines Jagdish lal Metropolitan Book Company 4 Elements of Workshop Hazara chaudhary Asia Publishing House
Fundamental of Mechanical Engineering Course Code:3300015
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
S.No. Title of Books Author Publication
Technology ( Vol. 1,2) 5 Hydraulics R.C.Patel Acharya Book Depot
6 Pumps operation and maintenance
Tyler and Hicks Tata McGraw-Hill
7 Material Handling equipments M.Rundenko Mir Publishers
B. List of Major Equipment/ Instrument.
a: Various mechanical items, spanners, hand tools and power tools..
b: Various power transmission devices.
c: Welding transformers, welding accessories and consumables.
d: Gas welding set up with all accessories and consumables.
e: Brazing and soldering setup with all accessories and consumables.
f: Gas cutting process set up with all accessories and consumables.
g: Workshop based machine tools-Hacksaw, Lathe, Drill and Milling.
h: Boiler/ Working model of boiler.
i: Petrol engine test rig.
j: Diesel engine test rig.
k: Air compressor test rig.
l: Water turbine / working model of water turbines.
m: Centrifugal pump test rig.
n: Models / working models of various material handling devices.
C. List of Software/Learning Websites: ---
a: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1cFu2bkZ7Vw&feature=related (ic engine) b: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pCg1Ih_oVSA (pump) c: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=V3aPHmZ97yM&feature=related (pump) d: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FENCiA-EfaA&feature=related (impeller) e: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TBdUcGYo7XA (gas turbine) f: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HzQPNpP55xQ (turbines) g: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=e_CcrgKLyzc (coal power plant) h: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8GSUgwombdE&feature=related (boiler) i: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=A3ormYVZMXE (hy.lift) j: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FP05rYRI9JU&feature=related (hy.pump) k: http://homepages.cae.wisc.edu l: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=E6_jw841vKE&feature=related (air compressor) m: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=twM-GLUYQ-o&feature=related (belt drive) n: http://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=endscreen&v=gjUwJ1CJVq4&NR=1 (belt drive) o: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XunM7yUC06M&feature=related (gear drive)
Fundamental of Mechanical Engineering Course Code:3300015
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
p: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ftdgB93QOD8&feature=related (gear box) q: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Boiler
9. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
Shri. M.K.Shukla, Lecturer in Mechanical Engineering, Sir B.P.I., Bhavnagar.
Shri. A.M.Talsaniya, Lecturer in Mechanical Engineering, Sir B.P.I., Bhavnagar.
Shri. R.B.Variya, Lecturer in Mechanical Engineering, B and B institute of Technology,
Vallabhvidyanagar.
Shri. N.C.Pandya, Lecturer in Mechanical Engineering, Government Polytechnic, Himmatnagar
Co-ordinator and Faculty Member from NITTTR Bhopal
Dr. K.K. Jain, Professor & Head, Dept. of Mechanical Engg, NITTTR, Bhopal
Dr. Joshua Earnest, Professor & Head, Dept. of Electrical & Electronics Engg, NITTTR, Bhopal
SEM-2
BRANCH CODE:09 DIPLOMA PROGRAMME IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER - II
COURSE
CODE
COURSE TITLE TEACHING
CREDITS
(L+T+P)
EXAMINATION SCHEME
L T P THEORY PRACTICAL GRAND
TOTAL ESE PA ESE PA
1990001 CONTRIBUTOR PERSONALITY
DEVELOPMENET 4 0 0 4 70 30 20 30 150
3320002 ADVANCED MATHEMATICS (GROUP-1) 2 2 0 4 70 30 0 0 100
3320004 BASIC OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
0 1 2 3 0 0 20 30 50
3300005 BASIC PHYSICS (GROUP-2)
3 0 2 5 70 30 20 30 150
3300007 BASIC ENGINEERING DRAWING
2 0 4 6 70 30 40 60 200
3320903 D.C.CIRCUITS
2 2 2 6 70 30 20 30 150
3320902 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING WORKSHOP PRACTICE
0 0 4 4 0 0 40 60 100
TOTAL 13 5 14 32 350 150 160 240 900
Advance Mathematics (Group -1) Course Code: 3320002
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 -13 Gujarat State
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT
COURSE CURRICULUM
Course Title: Advance Mathematics (Group-1) (Code: 3320002)
Diploma Programmes in which this course is offered Semester in which
offered Biomedical Engineering, Chemical Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Computer Engineering, Electronics & Communication Engineering, Information Technology, Power Electronics
Second Semester
1. RATIONALE
The course is classified under Advance Mathematics and students are intended to understand the advance concepts and principles of Mathematics such as calculus, complex numbers and differential equations. This knowledge is required to understand and solve engineering problems.
2. COMPETENCIES
The course content should be taught and implemented with the aim to develop different types of mathematical skills so that students are able to acquire following competencies:
Use proper Mathematical tool to understand engineering principles and
concepts. Apply concepts of calculus or suitable mathematical tool to solve given
engineering problems. 3. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme (In Hours)
Total Credits
(L+T+P)
Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical Marks Total
Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
100 2
2
0 4
70
30
0
0
Legends: L-Lecture; T – Tutorial/Teacher Guided Theory Practice; P -Practical; C – Credit; ESE -End Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment.
Note: It is the responsibility of the institute heads that marks for PA of theory & ESE and PA of practical for each student are entered online into the GTU Portal at the end of each semester within the dates specified by GTU.
Advance Mathematics (Group -1) Course Code: 3320002
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 -13 Gujarat State
4. DETAILED COURSE CONTENTS
Unit Major Learning Outcomes Topics and Sub-topics Unit – I Complex Number
1a.Simplify Complex expressions 1b.Find Modulus and Amplitude of given expressions 1c.Use De Moivre’s Theorem to simplify mathematical expressions and to find roots
Concept, Modules and Amplitude form, Root of Complex Number, De Moivre’s Theorem. Apply concept of complex numbers in simple engineering problems.
Unit– II Function & Limit
2a .Solve the problems using functions 2b .Solve the problem of function using the concept of Limit
2.1 Function Concept and Examples 2.2 Limit Concept of Limit, Standard Formulae and related Examples.
Unit– III Differentiation & it’s Applications
3a.Differentiate the various function 3b.Apply the differentiation to Velocity, Acceleration and Maxima & Minima
3.1Differentiation: Definition, Rules of, Sum, Product, Quotient of Functions, Chain Rule, Derivative of Implicit functions and Parametric functions, Logarithmic Differentiation. Successive Differentiation up to second order 3.2 Application: Velocity, Acceleration, Maxima & Minima.(simple problems)
Unit– IV Integration & its application
4a .Integrate the various function 4b .Apply the Integration for
finding Area and Volume
4.1 Integration: Concept, Integral of Standard Functions, Working Rules of Integration, Integration by Parts, Integration by Substitution Method, Definite Integral and its properties. 4.2 Application: Area and Volume.(simple problems)
Unit-V Differential Equations(First Order First Degree)
1a.Find the Order and Degree of a Differential Equation. 1b. Form a Differential Equation for simple Engineering problems 1c. Solve Differential Equations using Variable Separable, Homogeneous and Integrating Factor methods.
5.1 Definition, Order and Degree of Differential Equation 5.2 Formation of DE 5.3 Solution of DE of First Degree and First Order by Variable Separable, Homogeneous and Integrating Factor methods.
Advance Mathematics (Group -1) Course Code: 3320002
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 -13 Gujarat State
5. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS & MARKS (THEORY)
Unit No.
Unit Title
Teaching Hours
Distribution of Theory Marks
R Level
U Level
A Level
Total
I Complex Number 3 2 5 3 10
II Function & Limit 4 3 5 4 12 III Differentiation & its Application 8 4 8 6 18 IV Integration & its Application 8 4 8 4 16 V Differential Equations 5 2 8 4 14 Total 28 15 34 21 70
Legends: R = Remember; U= Understand; A= Apply and above levels (Bloom’s revised taxonomy) Note: This specification table shall be treated as only general guideline for students and teachers. The actual distribution of marks in the question paper may vary from above table. 6. SUGGESTED LIST OF EXERCISES/PRACTICALS
The exercises should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to develop different types of mathematical skills so that students are able to acquire above mentioned competencies.
S. No. Unit
No. Practical Exercises
1 I Complex Number, Practice Examples 2 Use software for further understanding of applications 3 II Practice Examples of Function & Limit 4 Use of Various Method/Techniques 5 III Differentiation and Related Examples 6 Solve problems related to various methods/techniques of differentiations 7 Identify the Engineering Applications from respective branches and solve the
problems 8 IV Integration & Related Examples. 9 Solve problems Related to Various Methods/Techniques of integration 10 Identify the Engineering Applications from respective branches and solve the
problems 11 V Identify the corresponding Engineering Applications for differential equations
from respective branches and solve the problems.
Note: The above Tutor sessions are for guideline only. The remaining Tutorial hours are may be used by teachers appropriately for revision and practice.
Advance Mathematics (Group -1) Course Code: 3320002
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 -13 Gujarat State
7. SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES
Following is the list of proposed student activities like: course/topic based seminars, internet based assignments, teacher guided self learning activities, course/library/internet/lab based Mini-Projects etc. These could be individual or group-based. Some of these activities may be as below:
1. Applications to solve identified Engineering problems and use of Internet.
2. Learn graphical sofwares:EXCEL,DPLOT,GRAPH etc.
3. Learn MathCAD to use Mathematical Tools and solve the problems of Calculus.
4. Learn MATLAB and use it to solve the identified problems.
8. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
A. List of Books
S.No. Author Title of Books Publication
1 Anthony croft and others
Engineering Mathematics (third edition)
Pearson Education,2012
2 Pandya N R Advanced Mathematics for Polytechnic
Macmillan Publishers India Ltd.,2012
3 Deshpande S P Polytechnic Mathematics Pune Vidyarthi Gruh Prakashan,1984
4 Prakash D S Polytechnic Mathematics S Chand,1985 B. List of Major Equipment/ Instrument
1. Simple Calculator
2. Computer System with Printer, Internet
3. LCD Projector
C. List of Software/Learning Websites 1. Excel
2. D Plot
3. Graph
4 MathCAD
5. MATLAB
You may use other Software like Mathematical and other Graph
Plotting software. Use websites such as wikipedia.org, mathworld.wolfram.com Etc…
Advance Mathematics (Group -1) Course Code: 3320002
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 -13 Gujarat State
9. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE:
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
Dr. N. R. Pandya, HOD-General Dept.,Govt. Polytechnic, Ahmedabad
Dr N A Dani, Lecturer,Govt. Polytechnic,Junagadh.
Prof. (Smt) R L Wadhwa, Lect Govt Polytechnic,Ahmedabad
Prof. H C Suthar, BPTI,Bhavnagar
Prof. P N Joshi, Govt Polytechnic,Rajkot
Coordinator and Faculty Member From NITTTR Bhopal
Dr. P. K. Purohit, Associate Professor, Dept. of Science.
Dr. Deepak Singh, Associate Professor, Dept. of Science.
Basics of Civil Engineering Course Code: 3320004
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT
COURSE CURRICULUM
Course Title: Basic of Civil Engineering (Code: 3320004)
Diploma Programmes in which this course is offered
Semester in which offered
Electrical Engineering ,Mechanical Engineering, Fabrication Technology
Second Semester
1. RATIONALE:
A mechanical or electrical technician is expected to look after many activities at work place, which may be interdisciplinary, for example if he/she has to mount a heavy machine, he should be able to supervise the preparation of foundation for it, which requires the knowledge of civil engg. Therefore he/she is supposed to be exposed to very basics of civil engineering. This course mainly encompasses the major and general areas of civil engineering, knowledge of which may be required by mechanical and electrical engineers/technicians.
2. COMPETENCIES:
The course content should be taught and implemented with the aim to develop different types of skills so that students are able to acquire following competencies: To supervise the simple civil engineering tasks related to own branch’s integrated
tasks.
3. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME: Teaching Scheme
(In Hours) Total Credits
(L+T+P) Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical Marks Total Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
50 0 1 2 3 0 0 20 30
Legends: L-Lecture; T – Tutorial/Teacher Guided Student Activity; P -Practical; C – Credit;; ESE -End Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment. Note: It is the responsibility of the institute heads that marks for PA of theory & ESE and PA of practical for each student are entered online into the GTU Portal at the end of each semester within the dates specified by GTU.
Basics of Civil Engineering Course Code: 3320004
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
4. DETAILED COURSE CONTENTS:
Unit Major Learning Outcomes Topics and Sub-topics
Unit –1 CIVIL ENGG. SURVEYING
1a. Use surveying tools and equipments for field survey, leveling and measurements
1b. Calculate different levels and angles
1c. Understand given contour map
1.1 Surveying & leveling (its importance and types)
1.2 Necessity for leveling 1.3 Principals of surveying 1.4 Instrument/ tools used for survey and level 1.5 Various methods of finding the field survey
measurements 1.6 Chain and Compass Survey 1.7 Preparations of contour sheets/ plan using
survey data. 1.8 Procedure of leveling
Unit – 2 CIVIL ENGG. DRAWING
2a. Read and Interpret the
building drawing
2b. Plan lay out of a simple building
2.1 Types of building drawings 2.2 Abbreviation, conventions & symbols in
civil drawing 2.3 Building byelaws for planning of residential
building and industrial building 2.4 Planning of simple residential and industrial
building UNIT –3 CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS
3a. Select different types of construction materials as per requirements
3b. Test given construction materials for quality control
3c. Prepare approximate cost estimates
3.1 Common construction materials such as cement, Brick, Stone, Timber, Steel and Concrete.
3.2 Properties of each materials & their acceptable standards
3.3 Quality parameters of materials 3.4 Estimations and costing for simple structure
(only the material cost)
Unit –4 MACHINE FOUNDATIONS
4a. Assess the typical requirements of foundations for medium sized electrical and Mechanical Machines.
4.1Criteria for machine foundation 4.2Provisions for foundation design considerations in machine foundations. 4.3Factors to be considered while designing machine foundations such as type of soil 4.4Design foundations for simple machine like lathe, compression press, universal testing machine , electric power hammer etc. BIS CODE of practice for machine foundations I.S.- 2974 - Part –I& II
Basics of Civil Engineering Course Code: 3320004
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
5. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS & MARKS (THEORY)
Unit No.
Unit Title
Tutorial Hours
Distribution of Theory Marks R
Level U
Level A
Level Total
I. Civil engineering Surveying 04
NOT APPLICABLE
II. Civil engineering drawing 04
III. Construction materials 02 IV. Machine foundations 04
Total 14 Legends: R = Remember; U = Understand; A = Apply and above levels (Bloom’s revised taxonomy) Note: This specification table shall be treated as only general guideline for students and teachers. The actual distribution of marks in the question paper may vary from above table.
6. SUGGESTED LIST OF PRACTICAL/EXERCISES
The experiments should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to develop different types of skills so that students are able to acquire above mentioned competency. This is the list of minimum experiments to be performed.
Ex. No. Unit No.
Practical/Exercises
Approx Hours
Required
1 I Practice for linear measurements through ranging, chaining, taping offsetting, recording field book etc. 04
2 I Practice for working on prismatic compass, dumpy Levels, for taking measurements and , recording length and angles. 04
3 II Prepare surveying drawings using surveyed data 04
4 III Test few construction materials such as cement, brick etc in laboratory 04
5 IV Visit of industry to observe the machine foundation and study of foundation design 04
6 III Market survey of construction materials and prepare of cost estimation 04
7 IV Observe and draw machine foundation for some heavy machines. 04
Total 28
Basics of Civil Engineering Course Code: 3320004
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
7. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES:
A. List of Books.
Sr.No. Title of Books Author
1 Text book on Surveying&leveling
T.P.Kanitkar
2 Text hook on Surveying&leveling B.C.Punmia
3 Civil Engineering Drawing
Shah Kalel&Patkil
4 Engineering Material
S.C.Rangwala
5 Properties of concrete A.M.Neville
B. List of Major Equipment/ Instrument.
1.Chain (10m, 20m, 30m, etc.)
2.Measure Tape, Ranging rods
3.Prismatic compass, Surveyor compass
4.Dumpy level, Tilting level
5.Compressive Testing Machine
C. List of Software/Learning Websites: QE PRO for estimation, Autocad for drawings
9. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
Prof. Bhavesh Modi Principal ,B V P I T (DS) Umrakh Ta. Bardoli
Mr. Krishnaraj A. Khatri L C E, B V P I T (DS) Umrakh Ta. Bardoli
Mrs. A. N. Pamnani L C E ,B B I T , V V Nagar
Mrs. Rina Chokshi L C E, P I E T (DS) Limda Vadodara
Co-ordinator and Faculty Members from NITTTR Bhopal
Dr. J.P.Tegar, ProfessorDept of Civil and Environmental Engg,
Basic Physics(Group-2) Course Code: 3300005
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT COURSE CURRICULUM
Course Title: Basic Physics (Group-2)
(Code: 3300005)
Diploma Programmes in which this course is offered Semester in which offered Electronics & Communication Engineering
First Semester
Biomedical Engineering,Computer Engineering,Electrical Engineering,Information Technology,Instrumentation & Control Engineering,Power Electronics Engineering,Printing Technology
Second Semester
1. RATIONALE
As Physics is the mother of all engineering disciplines, students must have some basic knowledge on physics to understand their core engineering subjects more comfortably. Accordingly, in reviewing the syllabus, emphasis has been given on the principles, laws, working formulae and basic ideas of physics to help them study the core subjects. Complicated derivations have been avoided because applications of the laws and principles of physics are more important for engineering students. As Physics is considered as basic science, its principles, laws, hypothesis, concepts, ideas are playing important role in reinforcing the knowledge of technology. Deep thought is given while selecting topics in physics. They are different for various branches of engineering. This will provide sound background for self-development in future to cope up with new innovations. Topics are relevant to particular program and students will be motivated to learn and can enjoy the course of Physics as if it is one of the subjects of their own stream. Engineering, being the science of measurement and design, has been offspring of Physics that plays the primary role in all professional disciplines of engineering. The different streams of Physics like Optics, Acoustics, Dynamics, Semiconductor Physics, Surface Physics, Nuclear physics, Energy Studies, Materials Science, etc provide Fundamental Facts, Principles, Laws, and Proper Sequence of Events to streamline Engineering knowledge. Note:- Teachers should give examples of engineering/technology applications of various concepts and principles in each topic so that students are able to appreciate learning of these concepts and principles. Laboratory experiments have been set up keeping consistency with the theory so that the students can understand the applications of the laws and principles of physics.
Basic Physics(Group-2) Course Code: 3300005
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
2. LIST OF COMPETENCIES
The course content should be taught and implemented with the aim to develop different types of skills leading to the achievement of the following competencies…………. Select proper measuring instrument on the basis of range, least count & precision required for measurement. Analyze properties of material & their use for the selection of material mostly applicable for engineering users.. Identify good & bad conductors of heat and proper temperature scale for temperature measurement Identify, analyze, discriminate and interpret logical sequence of field problems with the study of physics. Analyze variation of sound intensity with respect to distance. Follow the principles used in the physical properties, its measurement and selections.
3. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme (In Hours)
Total Credits
(L+T+P)
Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical Marks Total Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
150 3
0
2
5
70
30
20
30
Legends: L-Lecture; T – Tutorial/Teacher Guided Theory Practice; P - Practical; C – Credit; ESE - End Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment.
4. DETAILED COURSE CONTENTS
Unit Major Learning Outcomes Topics and Sub-topics Unit – I
*Explain Physical Quantities and their units.
*Measure given dimensions by using appropriate instruments accurately.
*Calculate error in the measurement
*Solve numerical based on above outcomes
1.1 Need of measurement and unit in engineering and science, definition of unit , requirements of standard unit, systems of units-CGS,MKS and SI, fundamental and derived quantities and their units 1.2 Least count and range of instrument, least count of vernier caliper, micrometer screw gauge 1.3 Definition of accuracy, precision and error, estimation of errors - absolute error, relative error and percentage error, rules and identification of significant figures. (Numerical on above topics)
Unit– II
*State Coulomb’s law, Ohm’s law and Kirchhoff’s law
*Explain Electric field, potential and potential difference
2.1 Concept of charge, Coulomb's inverse square law, Electric field, intensity, potential and potential difference. 2.2 Electric current, Ohm's law, laws of series and parallel combination of resistance 2.3 D.C. circuits, Kirchhoff’s law, heating effect & chemical
Basic Physics(Group-2) Course Code: 3300005
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
Unit Major Learning Outcomes Topics and Sub-topics *Define intensity, electric
current, resistance *Apply laws of series and parallel combination to electrical circuits *Explain heating & chemical effect of current *Solve numerical based on above outcomes
effect of current (Numericals on above topics)
Unit– III
*Define magnetic intensity and flux and state their units *Distinguish between dia, para and ferro magnetic materials *Explain electromagnetic induction and its uses *State lenz’s law *State applications of AC
3.1 Magnetic field and its units, magnetic intensity, magnetic lines of force, magnetic flux and their units
3.2 Dia, Para, Ferro magnetic materials
3.3 Electromagnetic Induction, Lenz’s law and its Applications, Alternating current and its waveform
Unit– IV
*Define types of materials based on energy bands *Distinguish between intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors *Explain p-n junction diode and its characteristics *State applications of diodes *state advantages of bridge rectifier over others * Explain types of transistors *Explain characteristics of transistors *Explain transistor operation in CE mode *State relation of current gain * Define nanotechnology and explain applications
4.1 Conductors, Insulators and Semiconductors, Energy bands, intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors, Temperature dependence of conductivity, Superconductivity
4.2 p-n junction diode and its characteristics, Rectifier circuits - Full wave, half wave and bridge rectifiers (no design)
4.3 semiconductor transistor pnp and npn and their characteristics, transistor operation in CE mode, relation of current gain
4.4 Introduction to nanotechnology
Unit– V
*Explain wave and wave motion with example. *Distinguish between longitudinal and transverse waves *Explain propagation of sound in air. * State properties of light. *Define reflection, refraction polarization and diffraction *Explain physical significance of refractive index * Explain dispersion of light *State Properties of laser *Explain spontaneous and stimulated emission, population inversion and optical pumping *Explain construction and working of He-Ne laser *State applications of lasers. * Explain principle & working of optical fibres
Definition of wave motion, amplitude, period, frequency, and wavelength, relation between velocity, frequency and wavelength, longitudinal and transverse wave, principle of superposition of waves, definition of stationary wave , node and antinode, definition of resonance with examples, Formula for velocity of sound in air Properties Of Light, Electromagnetic spectrum, Reflection, refraction, snell’s law, diffraction, polarization, interference of light, constructive and destructive interference (Only definitions), physical significance of refractive index, dispersion of light LASER, Properties of laser, spontaneous and stimulated emission, population inversion, optical pumping, construction and working of He-Ne laser, applications of lasers. Fibre Optics, Introduction, Total internal reflection, critical angle, acceptance angle, Structure of optical fibre, Numerical Aperture, Fiber optic materials, Types of optical fibres, Applications in communication systems.
Basic Physics(Group-2) Course Code: 3300005
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
Unit Major Learning Outcomes Topics and Sub-topics * State applications of optical fibres in communication systems
5. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS & MARKS (THEORY)
Unit No.
Unit Title
Teaching
Hours
Distribution of Theory Marks
R Level
U Level
A Level
Total
1. SI Units & Measurements 05 03 02 05 10 2. Static & Current Electricity 10 05 05 08 18 3. Electromagnetism & AC Current 08 04 05 03 12 4. Semiconductors & Nano-
technology 10 06 06 05 17
5. Sound, Laser & Optical Fiber 09 04 06 03 13 Total 42 22 24 24 70
Legends: R = Remembrance; U = Understanding; A = Application and above levels (Revised Bloom’s taxonomy)
6. SUGGESTED LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
The experiments should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to develop different types of skills leading to the achievement of the competency - ………………..
S. No. Unit No. Experiment
1 1 To Measure linear dimensions by vernier caliper and calculate volume
2 1 To Measure linear dimensions by Micrometer screw
3 2 To calculate resistance using Ohm’s law
4 2 To verify law of Resistance in series and parallel
5 2 To find unknown resistance through whetstone bridge
6 3 To determine A.C. frequency with the help of sonometer
7 1,2 To determine errors in electrical measurements
8 5 To determine the divergence of He-Ne laser beam.
9 3 To Measure A.C. Power using resistive load
10 3 Measurement of Energy
11 4 To study p-n junction in forward bias
12 4 To calculate SA/V ratio of simple objects to understand nanotechnology
Basic Physics(Group-2) Course Code: 3300005
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
Hours distribution for Physics Experiments :
Minimum 8 experiments should be performed from the above list Sr.
No.
Description Hours
1 An introduction to Physics laboratory
and its experiments (for the set of first
four experiments)
02
2 Set of first four experiments 08
3 An introduction to experiments (for the
set of next four experiments)
02
4 Set of next four experiments 08
5 Mini project 06
6 Viva and Submission 02
Total 28
7. SUGGESTED LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES
Following is the list of proposed student activities like: Laboratory based mini projects :
1. To calculate acoustics of given class room 2. To measure diameter and calculate resistance of given set of conductors
Teacher guided self learning activities :
1. To prepare a chart of applications of nanotechnology in engineering field 2. To prepare models to explain different concepts
Course/topic based seminars :
1. Seminar by student on any relevant topic
8. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
A. List of Books
S.No. Author Title of Books Publication
1 Sears And Zemansky
University Physics Pearson Publication
2 Paul G Hewitt Conceptual Physics Pearson Publication 3 Halliday & Resnick Physics Wiley India 4 G Vijayakumari Engineering Physics, 4e Vikas-Gtu Students’ Series 5 Arvind Kumar &
Shrish Barve How And Why In Basic Mechanics
Universities Press
6 Ncert Physics Part 1 And 2 Ncert
Basic Physics(Group-2) Course Code: 3300005
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
S.No. Author Title of Books Publication
7 Giancoli Physics For Scientists And Engineers
8 H C Verma Concepts Of Physics 9 Gomber & Gogia Fundamentals Of Physics Pradeep Publications, Jalandhar
B. List of Major Equipment/ Instrument
1. Digital Vernier Calipers And Micrometer Screw Guage 2. Whetstone’s Bridge 3. He – Ne Laser Instrument 4. Digital Energy Meter 5. Resistance Box 6. Battery Eliminator 7. Digital Millimeters C. List of Software/Learning Websites
1. www.physicsclassroom.com 2. www.physics.org 3. www.fearofphysics.com 4. www.sciencejoywagon.com/physicszone 5. www.science.howstuffworks.com
9. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
1. Dr. S. B. Chhag, Lecturer in Physics, Science Deptt, Govt. Polytechnic, Rajkot
2. Ku. B. K. Faldu, Lecturer in Physics, Science Deptt, Govt. Polytechnic, Ahmedabad
3. Shri D. V. Mehta, Lecturer in Physics, Science Deptt, RCTI, Ahmedabad
4. Shri S. B. Singhania, Lecturer in Physics, Science Deptt, Govt. Polytechnic, Ahmedabad
5. Dr. U. N. Trivedi, Lecturer in Physics, Science Deptt, RCTI, Ahmedabad
Coordinator and Faculty Member From NITTTR Bhopal
1. Dr. P. K. Purohit, NITTTR, Bhopal
Basic Engineering Drawing Course Code3300007
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT COURSE CURRICULUM
Course Title: Basics Engineering Drawing
(Code: 3300007)
Diploma Programmes in which this course is offered Semester in which offered Automobile Engineering, Ceramic Engineering, Civil Engineering, Environment Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, Mechatronics Engineering, Metallurgy Engineering, Mining Engineering, Printing Technology, Textile Manufacturing Technology, Textile Processing, Transportation Engineering
First Semester
Chemical Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Fabrication Technology, Plastic Engineering
Second Semester
1 RATIONALE:
Engineering drawing is an effective language of engineers. It is the foundation block which strengthens the engineering & technological structure. Moreover, it is the transmitting link between ideas and realization. It is an attempt to develop fundamental understanding and application of engineering drawing. It covers knowledge & application of drawing instruments & also familiarizes the learner about Bureau of Indian standards. The curriculum aims at developing the ability to draw and read various drawings, curves & projections. The subject mainly focuses on use of drawing instruments, developing imagination and translating ideas. Developing the sense of drawing sequence and use of drawing instruments effectively yields not only with productive preparation of computer aided graphics but also yields with effective industrial applications ranging from marking to performance of operations.
2 LIST OF COMPETENCIES:
The course content should be taught and implemented with the aim to develop different types of skills leading to the achievement of the following competencies:
i. Prepare engineering drawings manually with given geometrical dimensions using prevailing drawing standards and drafting instruments. .
ii. Visualize the shape of simple object from orthographic views and vise versa.
Basic Engineering Drawing Course Code3300007
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
3. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME:
Teaching Scheme (In Hours)
Total Credits
(L+T+P)
Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical Marks Total Marks L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
2
0
4
6
70
30
40
60
200
Legends: L-Lecture; T – Tutorial/Teacher Guided Theory Practice; P - Practical; C – Credit; ESE - End Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment.
4. DETAILED COURSE CONTENTS
Unit Major Learning Outcomes Sub-topics
Unit – 1 ENGINEERING DRAWING AIDS
1. 1 Use drawing
equipments, instruments and materials effectively.
1.1 Drawing equipments, instruments and materials.
(a) Equipments-types, specifications, method to use them, applications.
(b) Instruments-types, specifications, methods to use them and applications.
(c) Pencils-grades, applications, types of points and applications.
(d) Other materials-types and applications. Unit– 2 PLANNING, LAYOUT AND SCALLING OF DRAWING
2.1Follow and apply standard practice as per bureau of I.S. for planning and layout 2.2 Choose appropriate scale factor for the drawing as per given situation
2.1 I.S. codes for planning and layout. 2.2 Scaling technique used in drawing.
Unit– 3 LINES, LETTERING AND DIMENSIONING
3.1 Write
annotations on a drawing where ever necessary.
3.2Choose appropriate line and dimensioning style for a given geometrical entity.
3.1 Different types of lines. 3.2 Vertical capital and lower case letters. 3.3 Inclined capital and lower case letters. 3.4 Numerals and Greek alphabets. 3.5 Dimensioning methods.
(a) Aligned method. (b) Unilateral with chain, parallel, progressive and
combined dimensioning.
Basic Engineering Drawing Course Code3300007
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
Unit Major Learning Outcomes Sub-topics
Unit– 4 GEOMETRIC CONSTRUCTION
4.1 Develop the
ability to draw polygons, circles and lines with different geometric conditions.
4.2 Geometric construction related with line like
bisecting a line, to draw perpendicular with a given line, divide a line, etc.
4.3 Geometric construction related with angle like bisect an angle, trisect an angle, etc.
4.4 To construct polygon. a: Triangle b: Square / Rectangle. c: Pentagon with special method. d: Hexagon with special method.
4.5 To draw tangents. 4.6 Geometric construction related with circle & arc.
Unit–5 ENGINEERING CURVES
5.1 Able to draw
engineering curves with proficiency and speed as per given dimensions.
5.2 Conic sections.
(a) Concept and understanding of focus, directrix, vertex and eccentricity and drawing of conic sections.
(b) Using various methods, understand construction of :
i. Ellipse. ii. Parabola.
iii. Hyperbola. 5.3 Cycloidal Curves(Cycloid, Epicycloid, Hypocycloid) 5.4 Involutes.
(a) Involutes of a circle (b) Involutes of a polygon
5.5 Spiral (Archimedean spiral only). Unit– 6 PROJECTION OF POINTS, LINES AND PLANES
6.1 Draw the
projection of points, lines and planes with different conditions.
6.2 Find out true shape and size of a inclined line or plane
6.1 Reference planes, orthographic projections. 6.2 Concept of quadrant. 6.3 1st angle and 3rd angle projection and their symbols. 6.4 Projection of points. 6.5 Projection of lines – determination of true length and
inclinations for following cases. (a) Line parallel to one or both the plane. (b) Line perpendicular to one of the plane. (c) Line inclined to one plane and parallel to
another. (d) Line inclined to both the planes.
6.6 Projection of Planes. (a) Types of planes. (b) Projection of planes parallel to one of the
reference planes. (c) Projection of plane inclined to one reference
plane and perpendicular to another. (d) Projection of planes inclined to both
reference planes.
Note : Triangle, Square / rectangle, pentagon, hexagon and circle shape should be included in various plane problems.
Basic Engineering Drawing Course Code3300007
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
Unit Major Learning Outcomes Sub-topics
Unit– 7 ORTHOGRAPHC PROJECTIONS
7. 1 Draw the orthographic views of object containing lines, circles and arc geometry. 7.2 Interpret given orthographic views and to imagine the actual shape of the component.
7.1 Types of projections-orthographic, perspective,
isometric and oblique: concept and applications. 7.2 Various term associated with orthographic
projections. (a) Theory of projection. (b) Methods of projection. (c) Orthographic projection. (d) Planes of projection.
7.3 Conversion of simple pictorial views into
Orthographic views. Illustrative problems on orthographic projection.
7.4 B.I.S. code of practice.
Note : (1) Problem should be restricted up to four views-
Front view/Elevation, Top view/Plan and Side views only.
(2) Use First Angle Method only.
Unit– 8 ISOMETRIC PROJECTIONS
8.1 Draw the isometric view from orthographic views of object/s containing lines, circles and arcs.
8.2 Isometric axis, lines and planes. 8.3 Isometric scales. 8.4 Isometric view and isometric drawing. 8.5 Difference between isometric projection and
isometric drawing. 8.6 Illustrative problems limited to objects containing
lines, circles and arcs shape only.
5. SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS & MARKS (THEORY):
Unit No.
Unit Title
Teaching
Hours
Distribution of Theory Marks R
Level U
Level A
Level Total
1. Engineering drawing aids. 0 00 00 02 02
2. Planning, layout and scaling of drawing. 0 02 00 03 05
3. Lines, lettering and dimensioning. 0 00 02 00 02 4. Geometric construction. 3 00 03 07 10 5. Engineering curves. 6 02 00 10 12
6. Projection of points, lines and planes. 8 03 00 14 17
7. Orthographic projections. 6 00 00 12 12 8. Isometric projections. 5 00 02 08 10
Total 28 07 07 56 70
Legends: R = Remembrance; U = Understanding; A = Application and above levels.
Basic Engineering Drawing Course Code3300007
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
NOTES:
a: If midsem test is part of continuous evaluation, unit number 4, 5 and 6 (For Unit 6, except projections of planes) are to be considered. b:Ask the questions from each topic as per weightage of marks. Choice of questions must be given from the same topic.
6. SUGGESTED LIST OF EXERCISES/PRACTICAL/EXPERIMENTS
The exercises/practical/experiments should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to develop
different types of skills leading to the achievement of the competency. Following is the list of
exercises/practical/experiments for guidance.
Ex. No.
Unit No. Practical Exercises Hours
1 1,2,3
USE OF DRAWING INSTRUMENTS:
1. Teacher will demonstrate- a: Use of drawing instruments. b: Planning and layout as per IS. c: Scaling technique.
2. Draw following.
Problem – 1 Drawing horizontal, vertical, 30 degree, 45 degree, 60 & 75 degrees lines using Tee and Set squares/ drafter. Problem – 2 Types of lines. Problem – 3 Types of dimensioning. Problem – 4 Alphabets & numerical ( Vertical & inclined as Per I.S.).
14
2 4
GEOMETRIC CONSTRUCTION:
Drawing of set of lines with different conditions. (Two problems) Drawing Polygons. (Three Problems) Drawing circles and arcs with different geometric conditions and with line constraints. (Three problems)
06
3
5
ENGINEERING CURVES – I:
Problem –1: Construction of ellipse using any two methods from arc of circle method, four centre method, rectangular method, eccentricity method and concentric circle method. Problem –2: Construction of parabola with any one method from rectangular method, tangent method and eccentricity method. Problem –3: Construction of hyperbola with any one method from eccentricity method and rectangular method. Problem –4: Construction of spiral. (Refer note c for dimensions).
04
4 5
ENGINEERING CURVES – II:
Problem – 1: Construction of cycloid. Problem – 2: Construction of hypocycloid & epicycloids. Problem – 3: Construction of involute (circle).
04
Basic Engineering Drawing Course Code3300007
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
Problem – 4: Construction of involute (polygon). (Refer note c for dimensions).
5
6
PROJECTIONS OF POINTS AND LINES:
Draw projection of points-For 10 various conditions.(One problem) Draw projection of lines with different conditions. (Four problems) (Refer note c for dimensions).
06
6 6
PROJECTIONS OF PLANE:
Draw projection of different planes with different conditions. (triangle, square / rectangular, pentagonal / hexagonal, and circular -one for each). (Four problems) (Refer note c for dimensions).
04
7
7
ORTHOGRAPHIC PROJECTIONS:
Draw Orthographic projections of different objects. (Two problems) (Draw four views of each object). (Refer note c for dimensions).
08
8
8
ISOMETRIC DRAWINGS:
Draw isometric drawings from given orthographic views (Three problems) (Refer note c for dimensions).
10
9 All
PROBLEM BASED LEARNING:
Given the orthographic views of at least three objects with few missing lines, the student will try to imagine the corresponding objects, complete the views and draw these views in sketch book.
-
10 All
SCHOOL WITHIN SCHOOL:
Explain at least one problem for construction and method of drawing in sheet to all batch colleagues. Teacher will assign the problem of particular sheet to be explained to each batch student.
Each student will assess at least one sheet of other students (May be a group of 5-6 students identified by teacher can be taken) and will note down the mistakes committed by them. Student will also guide the students for correcting the mistakes, if any.
-
Notes :–
a: Use both sides of sheet. For example, draw sheet number 2 on back side of sheet number 1, 4 on back of 3, and likewise.
b: Theory & practice should be in first angle projections and IS codes should be followed wherever applicable.
c: The dimensions of line, axes, distances, angle, side of polygon, diameter, etc. must be varied for each student in batch so that each student will have same problems, but with different dimensions.
d: The sketchbook has to contain data of all problems, solutions of all problems and student activities performed. Students’ activities are compulsory to be performed.
Basic Engineering Drawing Course Code3300007
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
e: A hand out containing applicable standards from IS codes including title block as per IS standard should be given to each student by concerned teacher.
f: For 40 marks Practical Marks ESE, students are to be assessed for competencies achieved. Students are to be given data for practical ESE to prepare drawings.
7. LIST OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES:
Following is the list of student activities to be performed by each student individually:
Activity No. Details of student activity
1 Sketch the combinations of set squares to draw angles in step of 150 .( 150 , 300 , 450 , 600 , 750 , 900 , 1050 , 1200 , 1350 , 1500 , 1650 , 1800 ).
2 Solve all problems for all sheets number 1 to 8 in sketch book (with dimensions).
3 List the shapes you are observing around you in real life with place/item. (For ellipse, parabola and hyperbola).
4 Take two simple objects. Sketch isometric of them. Also draw orthographic projections of them (all views).
5 Take one circular shape. Assume one point on circumference and mark it. Roll that shape on flat and circular surface. Observe the path of point.
6
List at least two questions individually which you would like to ask for followings: a: Ellipse. b: Involute of circle. c: Perspective projections. d: Use of geometric constructions. e: Quadrants.
8. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES:
A. List of Books
Sr.No
. Title of Books Author Publication
1 Elements of Engineering Drawing. N.D. Bhatt Charotar Publishing House, Anand.
2 Engineering Drawing. P.J.Shah S.Chand, New Delhi.
3 Fundamentals of Engineering Drawing. W.J.Luzzadar Prentice-hall of India Pvt. Ltd.-New
Delhi 4 Fundamentals of Drawing. K.R.Gopalkrishna Subhash Publications, Banglore. 5 Engineering Drawing M.B.Shah, B.C.Rana Pearsons.
6 Machine Drawing. V. Laxminarayan & M.L.Mathur Jain Brother, New Delhi.
7 Fundamentals of Engineering Drawing. French & Vierck McGraw-Hill
B. List of Major Equipments/ Instruments :
Models- full and cut. Set of various industrial drawings being used by industries-up dated. Drawing equipments and instruments for class room teaching-large size. Drawing board-half imperial size. T-square or drafter (Drafting Machine).
Basic Engineering Drawing Course Code3300007
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
Set squires (450 and 300-600) Protector. Drawing instrument box (containing set of compasses and dividers). Drawing sheets. Drawing pencils. Eraser. Drawing pins / clips. Roller scale
C. List of Software/Learning Websites:
rgpv-ed.blogspot.com/2009/02/engineering-curves.html http://www.slideshare.net/sahilsahil992/conic-section-1819818 http://www.technologystudent.com/designpro/drawdex.htm http://www.engineeringdrawing.org/engg_curves/problem-3-8-engineering-curves/490/ http://web.iitd.ac.in/~hirani/mel110-part3.pdf http://www.studyvilla.com/ed.aspx http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=a703_xNeDao http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TCxTP_8ggNc http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JpgFPZILTu8&feature=related http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=o1YPja2wCYQ&feature=related http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dJyKV3Ay7vM&feature=fvwrel E-learning package from KOROS. E-learning package from Cognifront. CD with book-Engineering drawing, M.B. Shah-B.S. Rana (Pearson). Computer based learning material published by KOROS.
9. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
o Prof.K. H. Patel. Head Dept.of Mech., Engg., Dr. S. & S. Gandhi College of Engineering and Technology, Surat,
o Shri.H. R. Sapramer, Lecturer in Mech. Engineering, Dr. J.N.Mehta Government Polytechnic, Amreli.
o Prof.A.M. Talsaniya, Lecturer in Mech. Engineering, Sir Bhavsinhji Polytechnic Institute, Bhavnagar.
Co-ordinator and Faculty Memberfrom NITTTR Bhopal Prof. Sharad Pradhan, Associate Professor, Dept. of Mech. Engg., NITTTR, Bhopal.
D.C.Circuits Course Code: 3320903
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State 1
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT
COURSE CURRICULUM
Course Title: D.C. Circuits (Code: 3320903)
Diploma Programme in which this course is offered
Semester in which offered
Electrical Engineering
Second Semester
1. RATIONALE
Students of electrical engineering diploma need to possess a good understanding of concepts and principles of electrical engineering, which is essential to determine the electrical engineering parameters. Further these concepts need to be assimilated by the students to understand concepts of advanced courses and develop skills that are needed by the industry. This will also be needed to analyze the different applications of electrical & electronics engineering circuits. 2. COMPETENCY The course content should be taught and implemented with the aim to develop different types of skills leading to the achievement of the following competency:
Solve basic circuit problems using circuit laws and network theorems.
3. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme
(In Hours) Total Credits
(L+T+P) Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical Marks Total Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
150 2 2 2 6 70 30 20
30
Legends: L-Lecture; T – Tutorial/Teacher Guided Student Activity; P - Practical; C – Credit;; ESE - End Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment. Note: It is the responsibility of the institute heads that marks for PA of theory & ESE and PA of practical for each student are entered online into the GTU Portal at the end of each semester within the dates specified by GTU.
D.C.Circuits Course Code: 3320903
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State 2
4. COURSE DETAILS
Unit Major Learning Outcomes Topics and Sub-topics Unit –I Basics of Electrical Engineering
1a. Define the various electrical parameters
1b. Identify the commonly used materials and components used in electrical engineering
1c. Define the terms work, power and energy
1d. Convert mechanical energy to electrical energy and vice-versa.
1e. State joules law and its applications.
1.1. Charge, Current, Potential, voltage, power, Energy Electrical Resistance and its Unit, Ohms law: applications and limitations Specific Resistance and its unit. Parameters affecting the resistance, Effect of temperature on resistance and temperature co-efficient, potential difference ; EMF
1.2. Conductors, Insulators, semiconductors, capacitors and inductors.
1.3. Definitions of Work, Power and Energy (both electrical and mechanical); Conversion from Mechanical units into Electrical units
1.4. Joules law of heat and problems on Heating
Unit –II Electrical circuits
2a.Calculate voltage and current in the given resistive circuits using KCL and KVL.
2b.Calculate voltage and current of resistive circuits using Mesh and nodal analysis method.
2c. Explain the principle of duality
2.1 Concept of Open circuit, Closed circuit, Short circuits
2.2 Definitions of node, branch, loop, mesh.
2.3 Kirchhoff’s laws and simple numerical 2.4 Kirchhoff’s Voltage and Current
law (KVL and KCL) 2.5 Mesh Analysis and Nodal Analysis
of Networks 2.6 Principle of Duality 2.7 Series and Parallel circuits with
numerical problems.
Unit –III Network Theorems
3a. Classify types of electrical circuits
2a. Use Superposition Theorem to calculate the current in any branch of the circuit.
2b. Use Thevenin’s Theorem to calculate Vth, Rth and load current in the given circuit.
2c. Calculate the load current in the given circuit using Norton’s Theorem.
2d. Determine the maximum current in the load of the circuit using the Maximum Power Transfer Theorem
3b. State Reciprocity Theorem 3c. Convert star to delta and delta to
star transformations.
3.1. Linear & Nonlinear circuit, Active and Passive Network
3.2. Super Position Theorem, Thevenin’s Theorem, Norton’s Theorem Maximum Power Transfer Theorem, Reciprocity Theorem
3.3. Star delta transformations with numericals
D.C.Circuits Course Code: 3320903
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State 3
Unit Major Learning Outcomes Topics and Sub-topics Unit –IV Electrostatics & Capacitors
4a. Define the terms related to electrostatics
4b. Explain the working of capacitor 4c. Identify the different types of
capacitors and their applications 4d. Calculate the capacitance in
electrical circuits 4e. Calculate the energy stored in
capacitors
4.1 Electric charge, Laws of electrostatics, Electric field, Electrostatic induction, Electric flux, Flux Density, Electric field Intensity.
4.2 Capacitance – Effects of Dielectrics, dielectric constant units.
4.3 Types of Capacitors, Capacitors in series and parallel.
4.4 Energy stored in a Capacitor, Rise and Decay of current in R-C Circuit and time constant
Unit –V Electromagnetic Induction& Inductors
5a. Define phenomenon of electromagnetic induction
5b. State and apply Faraday’s law, Lenz’s law, Fleming’s right hand rule, Fleming’s left hand rule
5c. Differentiate Statically and dynamically induced EMF, self and mutual inductance
5d. Identify the different types of inductor and explain their applications
5e. Calculate the energy stored in magnetic field
5.1 Electromagnetic Induction. 5.2 Faraday’s law, Lenz’s law, Fleming’s
right hand rule for Generators, Fleming’s left hand rule for Motors.
5.3 Statically and dynamically induced EMF.
5.4 Inductance: Self and Mutual inductance.
5.5 Types of Inductor 5.6 Energy stored in Magnetic field
5. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS & MARKS (THEORY)
Unit No.
Unit Title
Teaching Hours
Distribution of Theory Marks R
Level U
Level A
Level Total
I Introduction to electrical energy 09 06 06 06 18 II Electrical circuits 05 03 04 08 15 III Network Theorems 05 03 04 08 15 IV Electrostatics & Capacitors 04 05 03 02 10
V Electromagnetic Induction & Inductors 05 05 05 02 12
Total 28 22 22 26 70
Legends: R=Remembrance; U =Understanding; A = Application and above levels (Revised Bloom’s taxonomy)
Note: This specification table shall be treated as only general guideline for students and teachers. The actual distribution of marks in the question paper may vary from above table.
D.C.Circuits Course Code: 3320903
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State 4
6. SUGGESTED LIST OF PRACTICAL/EXERCISES The practical/exercises should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to
develop different types of skills leading to the achievement of the above mentioned
competency
S. No.
Unit No.
Practical/Exercises Hours Required
1 I Measure voltage and current in a given linear electrical circuit. 02
2 II Calculate temperature co-efficient of a given resistor. 02
3 II Connect resistances in series to get required effective resistance and verify
02
4 II Connect resistances in parallel to get required effective resistance and verify
02
5 II Connect resistances in parallel and series to get required effective resistance and verify
02
6 II Measure current in a particular branch of the given electrical circuit using Kirchoff’s Current Law
02
7 II Measure voltage drop in a closed loop of the given electrical circuit using Kirchoff’s Voltage Law
02
8 III Measure current in a particular branch of the given electrical circuit having two input sources using Superposition theorem
02
9 III Verify Thevinin’s theorem for a given circuit 04
10 III Convert star connected resistances to its equivalent delta connected resistances
02
11 III Convert delta connected resistances to its equivalent Star connected resistances
04
12 IV Verify equivalent capacitance by connecting given capacitors in Series and Parallel
02
Total 28
7. SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES Assignments on solving numerical Identify and select various measuring instruments as per required range Identify and select resistors based on color code Identify and select capacitors based on color code Calculate RC Time constant for given R-C series circuit
D.C.Circuits Course Code: 3320903
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State 5
8. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
A. List of Books
S.No. Author Title of Books Publication
1 Theraja, B. L. Electrical Technology Vol-1 S. Chand & Co. Ltd., 2011 or latest edition
2 Gupta, B.R. Principles of Electrical Engineering S.K. Kataria,2012 or latest edition 3 Rao, Uma. K. Basic Electrical Engineering Pearson Education, India, 2012
or latest edition 4 Ananda
Murthy, R. S. Basic Electrical Engineering Pearson Education, India,2011 or
latest edition 5 Gupta ,J.B. A Course in Electrical Technology
Vol. I S.K. Kataria & Sons, 2012 or latest edition
6 Singh, Tarlok Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering
S.K. Kataria & Sons,2012 or latest edition
B. List of Major Equipment/ Components
i. Ammeter ii. Voltmeter iii. Wattmeter iv. Multimeter v. Stop watch vi. Thermometer vii. Rheostats viii. Capacitors ix. Inductors
C. List of Software/Learning Websites i. www.allaboutcircuits.com/vol_1/chpt_1/1.html ii. http://openbookproject.net/electricCircuits/DC/DC_5.html iii. www.kpsec.freeuk.com iv. www.howstuffworks.com/
COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
Prof. S.S.Mehta, Lecturer, Electrical Engg.Dept. , B&B Institute of Technology, Vallabhvidyanagar
Prof. B. R. Shrotriya, Lecturer,Electrical engg.Dept. , Govt. Polytechnic, Junagad
Prof. V. R. Kotdawala, Lecturer, Electrical engg. Dept., Govt. Polytechnic, Himmatnagar.
Prof. A.A. Parmar, Lecturer, Electrical engg.Dept., B&B Institute of Technology, Vallabhvidyanagar
Coordinator and Faculty Members from NITTTR Bhopal
Dr. Joshua Earnest, Professor & Head, Dept. of Electrical & Electronics Engg.
Prof. A.S. Walkey, Associate Professor, Dept. of Electrical & Electronics Engg.
Electrical Engineering Workshop Practice Course Code: 3320902
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
1
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT
COURSE CURRICULUM
Course Title: Electrical Engineering Workshop Practice
(Code: 3320902)
Diploma Programmes in which this course is offered Semester in which offered
Electrical Engineering
Second Semester
1. RATIONALE
The diploma electrical engineering students are required to perform tasks such as selection of
different types of wires, cables, switches etc. relevant to the current, voltage ratings and
applications. Such skills can be developed through the electrical workshop practices which
will be useful in industries for using various electrical tools, measuring instruments, safety
tools and devices. This course is designed in such a way that practicals performed in this
course will develop these basic skills to perform well in the industry.
2. COMPETENCY
The course content should be implemented with the aim to develop different types of skills
leading to the achievement of the following competency:
• Connect basic electrical instruments and devices.
3. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme
(In Hours)
Total Credits
(L+T+P)
Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical Marks Total
Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
100 0 0 4 4 0 0 40 60
Legends: L-Lecture; T – Tutorial/Teacher Guided Student Activity; P - Practical; C – Credit;; ESE - End
Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment.
Electrical Engineering Workshop Practice Course Code: 3320902
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
2
4. DETAILED COURSE CONTENTS
Unit Major Learning
Outcomes
Topics and Sub-topics
Unit– I
Electrical
Tools
1a. Use various electrical
tools and measuring instruments.
1.1 Pliers, nose plier, cutter, screw driver, tester, test
lamp etc. Ammeter, voltmeter, wattmeter, clip on meter, Multimeter, Megger, etc.
Unit– II
Cables and
Switches
2a. Select different types of
wires, cables, light sources and switches.
2.1 Single core cable, multicore cable, single strand
wire, multi strand wire, shielded wire , different types of light sources etc.; Toggle switch, Rotary switch,
Push button switch, micro switch, MCB, ELCB, etc.
Unit– III
Resistors
3a. Select/identify different
types of resistors.
3.1 Rheostat, wire wound resistor, Carbon film
resistor, Carbon composition resistor, fixed and
variable potentiometer etc.
Unit– IV
Capacitors
4a. Select /identify different
types of capacitors.
4.1 Paper capacitor, electrolytic capacitor, ceramic
capacitor, polyester, gang capacitor
Unit–V
Earthing
and
Electrical
Safety
5a. Undertaking pipe
earthing.
5.1 Earthing, pipe earthing, plate earthing, Electrical
safety tools Electrical safety rules , I.E. rules for
electrical hazards and accidents
5. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS & MARKS (THEORY)
Unit
No.
Unit Title
Teaching
Hours
Distribution of Theory Marks
R
Level
U
Level
A
Level
Total
I Electrical wiring tools, measuring
instruments
Not applicable
II Electrical wires, cables and
switches
III Resistors
IV Capacitors
V Earthing and electrical safety
Legends: R = Remember; U = Understand; A = Application and above levels (Revised Bloom’s taxonomy)
Note: This specification table shall be treated as only general guideline for students and
teachers. The actual distribution of marks in the question paper may vary from above table.
Electrical Engineering Workshop Practice Course Code: 3320902
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
3
6. SUGGESTED LIST OF EXERCISES/PRACTICALS
The experiments should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to develop
different types of skills leading to the achievement of the above mentioned expected
competency.
S. No. Unit
No. Practicals / Exercises
Hours
1 I Identify various tools used for wiring. 04
2 I Identify the symbols used in electrical circuit diagrams. 04
3 I Identify and connect various electrical measuring instruments and measure various electrical parameters like current, voltage, power.
04
4 I Use common testing instruments used in electrical workshops: 1: Test lamp. 2: line tester. 3: Multimeter. 4: Clamp-on meter. 5;
Megger.
04
5 I Connect different domestic appliances to power supply and measure current drawn by them using 1)Ammeter. 2)Tong tester. 3)
Multimeter.
04
6 I Identify different types of domestic wirings. 04
7 II Identify and specify different types of wires, cables, cable joints used for different current and voltage ratings.
02
8 II Identify different types of light sources, open circuit, closed circuit and short circuit.
04
9 III Identify and specify different types of switches used for different applications as per current and voltage ratings.
02
10 III Identify and specify different types of sockets and plugs used for
different current and voltage ratings. 02
11 III Know the working of various electrical circuit protective devices
(fuse, MCB,) 04
12 I & III Prepare a meter board for lighting and power installation using
MCB, energy meter, fuse unit, DP switch, indicators and bus bars. 04
13 IV &
IV
Identify and specify different types of conducting, insulating
materials, resistors, capacitors and inductors as per standard color
code practice.
04
14 III &
IV
Solder various resistors, capacitors and electronic components on
PCB. 04
15 V Conduct mock artificial respiration and first aid exercises to learn
about safety procedures of first aid in case of electrical hazards. 04
16 V Undertake earthing practice (good demonstration) 02
Total Hours 56
7. SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES
i. Draw various electrical symbols
ii. Collect and study of various catalogues for cables ,switches and instruments
iii. Study electrical safety I.S. codes
Electrical Engineering Workshop Practice Course Code: 3320902
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
4
8. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
A. List of Books
S.No. Author Title of Books Publication
1 Mithal, G.K. Electrical Engineering Materials
Khanna Publication ,2011
2 Gupta, J.B. , & Gupta, Renu
Electrical engineering materials & semiconductor
devices
S.K. Kataria & sons, 2012
3 Singh, Surjit Electrical engineering drawing
i &ii
S.K. Kataria & sons, 2012
4 Bhatia, S.L. Handbook of Electrical
Engineering
Khanna Publication ,2012
5 Uppal, S.L. &
Garg ,G.C.
Electrical Wiring, Estimating
and Costing
Khanna Publication ,2012
B. List of Major Equipment/ Instrument
i. Various tools for wiring such as wire stripper, bearing puller, etc.
ii. Various electrical measuring instruments such as digital and analogue multimeters,
ammeters, voltmeters, wattmeters, frequency meters, phase sequence meters, tong
tester, etc.
iii. Various safety devices for protection of electrical installation, earthing rods, megger,
insulation tester, etc..
iv. Various safety devices used for first aid and electric fire hazards.
v. Soldering kit.
vi. Different types of cables, wires, switches, light sources, resistors, capacitors,
inductors, insulating and conducting materials, MCBs, ELCBs, etc.
vii. Various domestic appliances (e.g. fan, heater, electric iron, geyser etc.)
viii. Various electrical power supplying equipments (e.g. transformer, variac, d.c.power
supply etc)
C. List of Software/Learning Websites
i. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Electrical_wiring
ii. http://www.kpsec.freeuk.com/components/switch.htm
iii. http://home.howstuffworks.com/electrical-tools.htm
9. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculty Members from Polytechnic
• Prof. S.S.Mehta. Lecturer, Electrical Engg. Dept. B&B Institute of Technology,
Vallabhvidyanagar.
• Prof. A. S. Pandya. HOD. Electrical Engg. Dept. Govt. Polytechnic, Rajkot.
• Prof. V. R. Kotdawala. Lecturer, Electrical Engg. Dept. Govt. Polytechnic,
Himmatnagar.
Electrical Engineering Workshop Practice Course Code: 3320902
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
5
• Prof. P.S. Chaudhary. Lecturer, Electrical Engg. Dept. B&B Institute of
Technology, Vallabhvidyanagar.
Coordinator and Faculty Members from NITTTR Bhopal
• Dr. Joshua Earnest, Professor and Head, Dept. of Electrical & Electronics Engg,
• Prof. A.S.Walkey, Associate Professor, Dept. of Electrical & Electronics Engg.
SEM-III
BRANCH CODE:09 DIPLOMA PROGRAMME IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER - III
COURSE
CODE
COURSE TITLE
TEACHING SCHEME EXAMINATION SCHEME
L
T
P
CREDITS
(L+T+P)
THEORY
MARKS
PRACTICAL
MARKS
GRAND TOTAL
ESE PA ESE PA
3330901 AC CIRCUITS 3 2 2 7 70 30 20 30 150
3330902 D C MACHINES AND TRANSFORMER 4 0 4 8 70 30 40 60 200
3330903 ELECTRICAL INSTRUMENTION 4 0 2 6 70 30 20 30 150
3330904
ELECTRICAL POWER GENERATION
4
2
0
6
70
30
0
0
100
3330905 ELECTRONICS COMPONENTS AND CIRCUITS 4 0 2 6 70 30 20 30 150
TOTAL 19 4 10 33 350 150 100 150 750
AC Circuits Course code: 3330901
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
1
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT
Course Curriculum
AC CIRCUITS
(Code: 3330901)
Diploma Programme in which this course is offered
Semester in which offered
Electrical Engineering
3rd
semester
1. RATIONALE
Most of electrical power generation, transmission, distribution and utilization are in the form
of alternating current. Therefore it is essential for every electrical engineer to know the
behaviour of resistance, capacitance, inductance and related concepts in AC systems.
This course is not only a prerequisite to learn the advanced electrical courses and develop the
skills but also enable the students to apply the principle of ac circuits to troubleshoot electrical
circuits in industries/Power System. This is one of the most important core engineering
courses for electrical engineers and hence students should try to develop mastery over
concepts of AC circuits for effective working as an electrical engineer.
2. COMPETENCY (Programme Outcome according to NBA Terminology):
The course content should be taught and with the aim to develop different types of skills so
that students are able to acquire following competency:
Apply the principles of AC circuits to maintain electrical systems
3. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme
(In Hours)
Total Credits
(L+T+P)
Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical Marks Total
Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
150
03 02 02 7 70 30 20 30
Legends: L - Lecture; T - Tutorial/Teacher Guided Student Activity; P - Practical; C - Credit; ESE - End
Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment
AC Circuits Course code: 3330901
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
2
4. COURSE DETAILS
Unit
Major Learning Outcomes
(Course Outcomes in Cognitive Domain
according to NBA terminology)
Topics and Sub-topics
Unit – I
AC
Fundament
als
1a. Explain generation of alternating EMF.
1b. Define various electrical parameters
1c. Derive equation for RMS and average
value of sinusoidal wave.
1.1 Principle of generating an
alternating voltage
1.2 Cycle, Time period, Frequency,
Amplitude, Phase and Phase
difference, Average value,
R.M.S. value, Form factor, Peak
Factor and Power Factor
1d. Explain the vector representation and
mathematical operations of alternating
vector quantities
1e. Solve numerical based on AC
fundamentals
1.3 Vector representation of
alternating quantities, addition,
subtraction, multiplication and
division
Unit – II
AC Series
circuits
2a. Explain the behaviour of AC voltage,
current and power through pure
resistance, pure inductance and pure
capacitance with sketches
2.1 Waveforms, phasor diagram and
expression of voltage, current and
power in pure: Resistance,
Inductance, Capacitance
2b. Explain behaviour of AC voltage,
current and power through RL, RC and
RLC series circuit with sketches
2.2 AC through RL, RC, LC, RLC
series circuit
2c. Explain resonance in RLC series
circuit with sketches
2d. Solve numerical based on AC series
circuits and series resonance.
2.3 Resonant frequency and
Resonance condition in RLC
series circuit
Unit – III
AC
Parallel
Circuits
3a. Explain behaviour of AC voltage,
current and power through RL, RC and
RLC parallel circuit.
3.1 Solution of AC RL, RC, LC and
RLC parallel circuits using
phasor method.
3.2 Solution of AC RL, RC, LC and
RLC parallel circuits using
admittance method.
3b. Explain resonance in RLC parallel
circuit.
3.3 Resonant frequency and
resonance condition in
parallel AC circuits
3c. Solve numerical based on AC parallel
circuit and parallel resonance
3.4 Numerical based on AC parallel
circuits and parallel resonance.
Unit – IV
Poly phase
circuits
4a. Explain generation of three phase
alternating voltage.
4b. Differentiate between single and three
phase circuits.
4c. Distinguish between line and phase
voltage, line and phase currents in 3-
phase AC circuits
4d. Describe the star and delta connection
with phasor diagrams
4.1 Principle of generation of three
phase alternating voltage.
4.2 Line and phase voltage, line and
phase current
4.3 Single and three phase circuits
4.4 Three-phase star connection
4.5 Three phase delta connection
AC Circuits Course code: 3330901
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
3
Unit
Major Learning Outcomes
(Course Outcomes in Cognitive Domain
according to NBA terminology)
Topics and Sub-topics
Unit – V
Power in
AC Circuits
5a. Explain the concept of active power,
reactive power and power factor with
power triangle
5b. Explain the concept of lag and lead
5.1 Active, reactive and apparent
power with examples.
5.2 Lagging, leading power and
unity power factor
5c. Illustrate the effects of power factor 5.3 Effects of poor power factor.
5. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS & MARKS (THEORY)
Unit Unit Title
Teaching
Hours
Distribution of Theory Marks
R
Level
U
Level
A
Level
Total
Marks
I AC Fundamentals 10 06 06 04 16
II AC Series circuits 10 06 06 06 18
III AC Parallel circuits 08 04 05 05 14
IV Poly phase circuits 08 05 05 04 14
V Power in AC Circuits 06 04 02 02 08
Total 42 25 24 21 70
Legends: R = Remember; U = Explain; A = Apply and above levels (Bloom’s revised taxonomy)
Note: This specification table shall be treated as a general guideline for students and teachers.
The actual distribution of marks in the question paper may vary slightly from above table.
6. SUGGESTED LIST OF EXERCISES/PRACTICAL
The practical/exercises should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to
develop different types of practical skills (Course Outcomes in psychomotor domain) so
that students are able to acquire the competencies (Programme Outcomes). Following is the
list of practical exercises for guidance.
Note: Here only Course Outcomes in psychomotor domain are listed as practical/exercises.
However, if these practical/exercises are completed appropriately, they would also lead to
development of Programme Outcomes/Course Outcomes in affective domain as given in a
common list at the beginning of curriculum document for this programme. Faculty should
refer to that common list and should ensure that students also acquire those Programme
Outcomes/Course Outcomes related to affective domain.
S. No. Unit
No.
Practical/Exercise (Course Outcomes in Psychomotor
Domain according to NBA Terminology)
Apprx. Hrs.
Required
1. I Use CRO to measure peak value, RMS value, Period and
frequency of alternating quantity.
2
2. II Measure of inductance and resistance of choke coil and also the
active power through resistor
2
3. II Measure voltage, current, power and power factor in a series RL
circuit with relevant phasor diagram.
2
4. II Measure voltage, current, power and power factor in a series
RC circuit with relevant phasor diagram.
2
5. II Measure voltage, current, power and power factor in a series
RLC circuit with relevant phasor diagram.
2
6. II Measure voltage, current, power and power factor in a RL
parallel circuit with relevant phasor diagram.
2
AC Circuits Course code: 3330901
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
4
S. No. Unit
No.
Practical/Exercise (Course Outcomes in Psychomotor
Domain according to NBA Terminology)
Apprx. Hrs.
Required
7. III Measure voltage, current, power and power factor in a RC
parallel circuit with relevant phasor diagram.
2
8. III Measure voltage, current, power and power factor in a RLC
parallel circuit with relevant phasor diagram.
2
9. III Measure voltage, current, power and power factor for combined
series-parallel circuits
2
10. III Identify of electrical components (R, L, C) using high frequency
generator.
4
11. III Measure resonance frequency and resonant impedance in RLC
series circuit.
2
12. IV Test voltage and current relation for 3 phase star and delta
connections.
2
13. V Measure active and reactive power of three phase circuits. 2
Total 30
7. SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES i. Preparing journals based on experiments performed in laboratory
ii. Assignments for solving numerical
8. SPECIAL INSTRUCTION STRATEGY (If ANY) i. Students should be shown animations/video films to explain the principle of ac
wave form and ac circuits
ii. Tutorial hours should be used to develop the ability in students to solve the
numerical problems related to ac wave form and circuits. It is must because only
by solving the numerical they would develop the understanding of the ac wave
form and circuits. Students must be classified in three groups i.e. academically
weak students, average students and good students and they should be given
problem according to their abilities in each unit. This would provide them a
challenge which they can face without indulging in unfair means.
9. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
A) List of Books
S.
No.
Title of Books Author Publication
1 Electrical Technology
Vol-1
Theraja, B. L. S. Chand, New Delhi, 2011 or latest
2 Principles of Electrical
Engineering
Gupta, B. R. S. K. Kataria & Sons, New Delhi,
2011 or latest
3 Basic Electrical
Engineering
Rao, Uma. K. Pearson Education, New Delhi,
2011 or latest 4 Basic Electrical
Engineering
Murthy, R. S. Pearson Education, New Delhi,
2011 or latest 5 Fundamentals of
Electrical Engineering
Singh, Tarlok S. K. Kataria & Sons, New Delhi,
2011
6 Basic Electrical and
Electronics Engineering
Singh, Ravish. R. Tata Mc Graw Hill Education
Pvt.Ltd., New Delhi, 2011.
AC Circuits Course code: 3330901
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
5
B) List of Major Equipment/Materials with Broad Specifications
i. Ammeter: 0A-1A/0A-5A/0A-10A
ii. Voltmeter: 0V-50V/0V-150V/0V-300V/0V-500V
iii. Wattmeter: 0-1000W(5A/10A,300V/600V)
iv. Multimeter: 51/2
digits resolutions with all basics measurement facility like DC
Voltage: 200 mV ~ 1000 V, DC Current: 200 μA ~ 10 A, AC Voltage: True-
RMS, 200 mV ~ 750 V, AC Current: True-RMS, 20 mA ~ 10 A, 2-Wire, 4-Wire
Resistance: 200 Ω ~ 100 MΩ, Capacitance Measurement: 2 nF ~ 10000μF,
Frequency Measurement: 20 Hz ~ 1 MHz etc., 0.015% DC Voltage Accuracy.
v. CRO: 30 MHz Bandwidth, 2 channel, 20 ns sampling time
vi. Function generator: 10 HZ to 10MHZ , 10 Vpp , rise & fall time =20ns, manual
/ external triggering
vii. RF ammeter:
viii. Choke coil: 0- 80 mH, variable choke coil
ix. Single phase variac : 0-300V/ 1KVA
C) List of Software/Learning Websites
i. Electronic Work bench or Circuit maker ii. www. kpsec.freeuk.com
iii. www.howstuffworks.com/
10. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
Prof. R.L. Patel, Sr. Lecturer, Electrical engineering Department, Govt.
Polytechnic, Jamnagar
Prof. M. J. Aghara, Sr. Lecturer, Electrical engineering Department, Govt.
Polytechnic, Rajkot
Prof. A.A. Amin, Sr. Lecturer, Electrical engineering Department, Govt.
Polytechnic, Vadnagar
Prof.(Mrs) V.R. Kotdawala, Sr. Lecturer, Electrical Engineering Department,
Govt. Polytechnic, Himmatnagar.
Coordinator and Faculty Members from NITTTR Bhopal
Dr. Joshua Earnest, Professor, Department of Electrical Engineering
Dr. (Mrs.) C.S. Rajeshwari, Professor & Head Department of Electrical
Engineering
D C Machines and Transformers Course code: 3330902
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
1
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT
Course Curriculum
D C MACHINES AND TRANSFORMERS (Code: 3330902)
Diploma Programme in which this course is offered
Semester in which offered
Electrical Engineering
3rd
semester
1. RATIONALE
This course deals with single phase transformer and DC Machines which are widely used in
power systems, industries and commercial applications. This course will enable the students
to develop skills to select, install, operate, and maintain various types of DC machines and
transformers. Practical aspects of the course will make the students capable of performing
various tests on these machines. It is therefore very important for every electrical engineer to
learn this course if he/she wants to excel in his/her professional life.
2. COMPETENCY (Programme Outcome according to NBA Terminology)
The course content should be taught and with the aim to develop different types of skills so
that students are able to acquire following competency:
Maintain various types of DC machines and single phase transformers safely.
3. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme
(In Hours)
Total Credits
(L+T+P)
Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical Marks Total
Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
200
04
00
04
08
70
30
40
60
Legends: L - Lecture; T - Tutorial/Teacher Guided Student Activity; P - Practical; C - Credit; ESE - End
Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment
D C Machines and Transformers Course code: 3330902
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
2
4. COURSE DETAILS
Unit
Major Learning Outcomes
(Course Outcomes in Cognitive
Domain according to NBA
terminology)
Topics and Sub-topics
Unit – I
Energy
Conversion
Principles
1a. Explain law of conservation of
energy and role of electrical energy
1.1 Law of conservation of energy
1.2 Role of electrical energy and uses
1b. State the conditions for EMF
production
1c. Differentiate between singly and
doubly excited electrical machines
1.3 Electro-mechanical energy
conversion principle and EMF
1.4 Singly excited and doubly excited
electrical machines.
Unit – II
DC
Generators
2a. Describe function of different parts
of DC machine with sketches.
2b. Derive emf equation of DC
generator
2c. Explain the working DC
Generator.
2d. Different types of armature
winding.
2.1 Construction and materials used
for various parts of DC generator.
2.2 Functions of various parts of DC
generator.
2.3 EMF equation of DC generator
2.4 Working principle of DC generator
2.5 Simplex lap and wave winding.
2e. Classify different types of DC
generator with sketches
2f. Describe performance
characteristic of different types of
DC Generators
2g. Calculate losses and efficiency.
2h. Explain armature reaction and
commutation
2i. Given the data diagnose the
problems of DC generators
2.6 Different types of DC generators
2.7 Characteristics of various types DC
generators.
2.8 Efficiency and losses of DC
generator.
2.9 Armature reaction and its effects
and commutation
Unit – III
DC Motors
3a. Explain working of DC motor
3b. Derive torque equation of DC
motor
3c. Justify the need of DC motor
starter
3d. Explain working of DC motor
starter
3.1 Working principle of DC motor,
back emf.
3.2 Torque equation for DC motor.
3.3 Need DC motor starters
3.4 Construction and working of DC
motor starters
3e. Classify different types of DC
motors
3f. Compare performance of different
types of DC motors
3g. Explain the speed control of DC
motor
3.5 Series, Shunt and Compound DC
motors
3.6 Performance characteristics of DC
Series, Shunt and Compound
motor.
3.7 Speed control of D.C. motor
3h. Calculate the losses and efficiency
3i. State the need of Brake test,
Swinburne’s test and field test.
3j. List the applications of various
types of DC motors
3k. Given the data diagnose the
problems of DC machines
3.8 Losses in DC motors and its
computation
3.9 Brake test, Swinburne’s test, field
test.
3.10 Applications of DC Series, Shunt
and compound motor.
D C Machines and Transformers Course code: 3330902
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
3
Unit Major Learning Outcomes Topics and Sub-topics
Unit – IV
Single Phase
Transformers
4a. Explain the working of a single
phase transformer with sketches
4b. Derive EMF equation of
transformer and transformation
ratio
4c. Differentiate between core and
shell type transformer with
sketches.
4d. State the materials used for the
different parts of the transformer
4.1 Single phase transformer: Working
principle, construction, materials
used for different parts
4.2 EMF equation and transformation
ratio.
4.3 Core and shell type of transformers.
4e. Explain the performance of the
transformer on no load, resistive,
inductive and capacitive loads with
phasor diagrams
4f. Explain various losses in
transformer.
4g. Derive expression for efficiency
and the condition for maximum
efficiency of a single phase
transformer
4.4 Phasor diagram for load and
different types of loads
4.5 Losses in transformer: Iron loss,
Copper loss, Hysteresis loss and
eddy current loss
4.6 Efficiency Condition for maximum
efficiency of single phase
transformer.
4h. Describe the significance of
voltage regulation
4i. Explain the various parameters for
the transformer equivalent circuit
4j. Solve numerical problems with
respect to the performance and
maintenance of single phase
transformer.
4.7 Voltage regulation
4.8 Equivalent circuit of single phase
transformer.
Unit – V
Testing of
Single Phase
Transformers
5a. State the need for conducting
different types of tests on single
phase transformers.
5b. State the steps for conducting the
OC and SC tests of the single phase
transformer
5.1 Direct load test, OC and SC test
and Sumpner Test along with
connection diagrams, efficiency
and regulation of transformer
5.2 Derivation of equivalent circuit
and its related parameters
5c. Describe the need and conditions
for parallel operation of
transformers
5d. Solve numerical on various tests of
single phase transformers
5.3 Need of parallel operation,
essential and desirable conditions
for parallel operation.
5.4 Parallel operation and load sharing
of single phase transformer
5e. Describe working of an
autotransformer with sketches.
5f. Distinguish between
autotransformer and welding
transformer
5.5 Construction and working of
autotransformer; welding
transformer
D C Machines and Transformers Course code: 3330902
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
4
5. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS & MARKS (THEORY)
Unit Unit Title Teaching
Hours
Distribution of Theory Marks
R
Level
U
Level
A
Level
Total
Marks
I Energy Conversion Principles 04 02 02 00 04
II DC Generators 14 06 06 06 18
III DC Motors 14 06 06 06 18
IV Single Phase Transformers 16 06 08 06 20
V Testing of Single Phase Transformers 08 02 04 04 10
Total 56 22 26 22 70
Legends: R = Remember; U = Understand; A = Apply and above levels (Bloom’s revised taxonomy)
Note: This specification table shall be treated as a general guideline for students and teachers.
The actual distribution of marks in the question paper may vary slightly from above table.
6. SUGGESTED LIST OF EXERCISES/PRACTICALS
The practical/exercises should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to
develop different types of practical skills (Course Outcomes in psychomotor and affective
domain) so that students are able to acquire the competencies (Programme Outcomes).
Following is the list of practical exercises for guidance.
Note: Here only Course Outcomes in psychomotor domain are listed as practical/exercises.
However, if these practical/exercises are completed appropriately, they would also lead to
development of Programme Outcomes/Course Outcomes in affective domain as given in a
common list at the beginning of curriculum document for this programme. Faculty should
refer to that common list and should ensure that students also acquire those Programme
Outcomes/Course Outcomes related to affective domain.
S.
No.
Unit
No.
Practical/Exercise
(Course Outcomes in Psychomotor Domain according to NBA
Terminology)
Approx.
Hrs.
Required
1 II Identify various parts of DC machine 01
2 IV Identify various parts of single phase transformer 01
3 II Test the performance of DC compound machine 01
4 II Maintain constant voltage of DC generator at different load conditions. 04
5 II Test the performance of a separately excited DC shunt generator 04
6 II Test the performance of DC series generator 04
7 II Test DC compound generator for external and internal load
characteristic.
04
8 III Connect three point and four point starters for DC motor. 02
9 III Control the speed of DC shunt motor by armature and field control. 04
10 III Control the speed of DC series motor. 04
11 III Perform Swinburne’s test of DC machine. 04
12 V Perform Load test on single phase transformer. 04
13 V Perform OC and SC test of single phase transformer. 04
14 V Perform polarity test on single phase transformer. 04
15 V Operate two single phase transformers in parallel having i) Equal
impedances ii) Different impedances.
04
16 V Perform Sumpner’s test on single phase transformer. 04
17 II Troubleshoot DC shunt generator/motor 02
18 II Troubleshoot DC series generator/motor 02
19 II Troubleshoot DC compound machine 02
D C Machines and Transformers Course code: 3330902
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
5
S.
No.
Unit
No.
Practical/Exercise
(Course Outcomes in Psychomotor Domain according to NBA
Terminology)
Approx.
Hrs.
Required
20 IV, V Troubleshoot single phase transformers 02
Total 65
7. SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES
Following is the list of proposed student activities:
i. Prepare journals based on practical performed in laboratory.
ii. Assignments on solving numerical
iii. Identify different types of dc machine based on their winding arrangement
iv. Identify different types of transformer based on application
v. Prepare chart displaying the various parts of dc machine
vi. Prepare chart displaying the various parts of transformer
vii. Prepare chart displaying the various parts of a three and four point dc motor
starter
8. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRETAGIES (If Any):
i. Students should be shown in animations/video films to explain the working
concept of DC machines and transformers based on the principle of
electromagnetic induction
ii. Students should be taken to nearby industries/substation where medium or big
size DC Machines/Transformers are installed. Students should be shown major
parts/accessories and their features and functions should be explained to them.
9. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
A) List of Books
S.
No.
Title of Books Author Publication
1. Electrical Technology
Vol-II
Theraja, B.L. S. Chand, New Delhi, 2011 or latest
2. Electrical Machines Despande, M.V. PHI Learning,, New Delhi, 2011 or
latest
3. Electrical Technology Uppal, S.L. Khanna Publication, New Delhi,
2011 or latest
4. Electrical Machine Nagrath, I.J. and
Kothari, D.P.
Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2011
or latest
5. Electrical Machine-I Gupta, J. B. S. K. Kataria & Sons, New Delhi,
2011 or latest
B) List of Major Equipment/Materials with Broad Specifications
i. DC shunt, series and compound motor – 230 V DC , 19 A, 1000 RPM, 5HP
ii. DC shunt motor-generator set – 230 V DC, 16 A, 1000 RPM, 5 HP
iii. Single phase transformer – 230 V / 115 V, 1 kVA 1-phase transformer
iv. Auto transformer : 0 – 230 V, 10 Amp
v. Welding transformer: 50 V, 50 /100 Amp
D C Machines and Transformers Course code: 3330902
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
6
C) List of Software/Learning Websites
i. www.nptel.com/iitm/
ii. www.howstuffworks.com/
iii. www.vlab.com
10. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
Prof. R.L. Patel, Sr. Lecturer, Electrical engineering Department, Govt.
Polytechnic, Jamnagar
Prof. M. J. Aghara, Sr. Lecturer, Electrical Engineering Department, Govt.
Polytechnic, Rajkot
Prof. A. P. Shah, Lecturer, Electrical Engineering Department, B. & B. Institute of
Technology, V.V.Nagar
Prof. V. C. Jagani, Sr. Lecturer, Electrical Engineering Department, Govt.
Polytechnic, Junagadh.
Prof. K. V. Dave, Sr. Lecturer, Electrical Engineering Department, Govt.
Polytechnic, Rajkot
Coordinator and Faculty Members from NITTTR Bhopal
Dr. (Mrs.) C.S. Rajeshwari, Professor & Head, Department of Electrical and
Electronics Engineering
Dr. Joshua Earnest, Professor, Department of Electrical and Electronics
Engineering
Electrical Instrumentation Course code: 3330903
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/13 Gujarat State
1
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT
Course Curriculum
ELECTRICAL INSTRUMENTATION
(Code: 3330903)
Diploma Programme in which this course is offered
Semester in which offered
Electrical Engineering
3rd
semester
1. RATIONALE
Precise measurement of the quantities such as voltage, current, power, temperature, pressure
etc. is essential to operate and maintain the electrical machines and systems effectively and
efficiently. Transducers and instruments are the devices which are used to measure such
parameters. The electrical diploma engineer should therefore be competent to use, calibrate
and maintain different types of electrical instrumentation systems and transducers used in the
industry and power systems. This demands a better understanding of the construction,
material used and principle of operation of various types of measuring instruments. This
course is therefore designed to meet these needs and hence it is a core course for any
electrical engineer.
2. COMPETENCY (Programme Outcome according to NBA Terminology):
The course content should be taught and with the aim to develop different types of skills so
that students are able to acquire following competency
Maintain different types of electrical instrumentation systems and transducers.
3. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme
(In Hours)
Total Credits
(L+T+P)
Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical Marks Total
Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
150
04 00 02 06 70 30 20 30
Legends: L - Lecture; T - Tutorial/Teacher Guided Student Activity; P - Practical; C - Credit; ESE - End
Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment
Electrical Instrumentation Course code: 3330903
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/13 Gujarat State
2
4. COURSE DETAILS
Unit
Major Learning Outcomes
(Course Outcomes in Cognitive
Domain according to NBA
terminology)
Topics and Sub-topics
Unit – I
Fundament
als of
measureme
nt &
instrumenta
tion
1a. Differentiate between direct
and indirect measurement
1b. Discriminate between
Indicating, integrating and
recording, absolute and
secondary instrument
1c. Differentiate between
deflecting, controlling and
damping torques
1.1 Methods of measurement -Direct and
indirect methods
1.2 Types of Instruments - Indicating,
integrating and recording, absolute and
secondary instrument
1.3 Deflecting, Controlling and damping
torques
1a. Explain different terms related
to measurement
1.4 Range, true value, indicated value,
correction, sensitivity, repeatability,
reproducibility, precision, Accuracy,
significant figure, etc.
1b. Differentiate between
different types of errors with
examples
1.5 Types and sources of error : gross error,
systematic error , random error
Unit – II
Potentiomet
ers and
Bridges
2a. Explain the working of the
DC potentiometer
2b. Differentiate between
different types of
potentiometers
2.1 Construction and working of DC
potentiometer, and its applications
2.2 Dial type and Crompton type.
2c. Classify different types of
resistances
2d. Explain the procedure to
measure low resistance by
Kelvin’s double bridge with
sketches
2e. Explain the procedure to
measure medium resistances
by Wheatstone’s bridge and
other methods with sketches.
2.3 Low, medium, and high resistance
2.4 Kelvin’s double bridge,
2.5 Medium resistance by Wheatstone bridge,
Ammeter-voltmeter method, Ohmmeter,
2a. Justify the need of a Megger
2b. Justify the need of a earth
tester.
2.6 High resistance by Mugger,
2.7 Earth resistance by Earth tester.
2c. Select an A.C. bridge to
determine Inductance and
capacitance
2.8 Measurement of inductance and
capacitance by Universal impedance
bridge, A.C. bridge - Maxwell, Anderson,
Hays, Desauty and Wien’s bridge. (no
phasor diagram)
Unit – III
Electromec
hanical
Instruments
3a. List the common errors in
various electromechanical
measuring instruments.
3b. Differentiate between moving
iron and PMMC instruments
3c. Distinguish between
electrodynamometer type and
induction type meters
3.1 Common errors in electromechanical
instruments
3.2 Moving iron instruments: Ammeter,
voltmeter,
3.3 PMMC instruments: ammeter, voltmeter,
Vibration galvanometer.
3.4 Electrodynamometer type meter:
ammeter, voltmeter, wattmeter, power
Electrical Instrumentation Course code: 3330903
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/13 Gujarat State
3
Unit
Major Learning Outcomes
(Course Outcomes in Cognitive
Domain according to NBA
terminology)
Topics and Sub-topics
3d. Describe the working of a hot
wire instruments
factor meter.
3.5 Induction type Energy meter (single
phase, three phase)
3.6 Hot wire type instruments
3e. Select different types of
electro-mechanical
instruments for different kinds
of measurement.
3f. Illustrate the use of shunt
and multipliers for range
extension of ammeters and
voltmeters
3g. Illustrate the use of Current
Transformer and Potential
Transformer for range
extension of meters
3.7 Frequency meter, Tri vector meter,
Maximum demand meter, Phase
sequence indicator, Solid state energy
meter, Clip on meter
3.8 Extension of range using shunt,
multipliers and derive equation for
them.
3.9 Extension of range of meters using
instrument transformer like CT and
PT
Unit – IV
Calibration
and Testing
4a. Justify the necessity of
calibration
4.1 Calibration and its importance.
4b. State the procedure to
calibrate various electrical
instruments
4.2 Calibration of ammeter, voltmeter and
wattmeter and single phase energy
meter(along with adjustments) as per IS
Unit – V
Transducers
5a. State the basic requirements of
transducers
5b. Classify different types of
transducers.
5.1 Basic requirements of transducers
5.2 Classification based on : Transduction
phenomenon, type of application, types
of input and output signal, electrical
principle involved.
5c. Describe working principle of
different types of electrical
transducers
5.1 Resistive Transducers, Inductive
Transducers: LVDT, RVDT, Capacitive
Transducers, Piezoelectric Transducers,
Strain Gauge Transducers (unbonded and
bonded), Thermocouple, RTD,
Thermistor and semiconductor sensors
5d. Describe working principle of
different types of electro
optical transducers
5.2 Opto-electronic devices: Photo emissive
cells, Photoconductive cells, Photodiode,
Photo transistor, Photovoltaic cells,
Photo optic transducer
Electrical Instrumentation Course code: 3330903
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/13 Gujarat State
4
5. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS & MARKS (THEORY)
Unit
Unit Title
Teaching
Hours
Distribution of Theory Marks
R
Level
U
Level
A
Level
Total
Marks
I Fundamentals of measurement
and instrumentation 06 04 04 01 09
II Potentiometers and Bridges 10 04 07 03 14
III Electromechanical Instruments 16 07 08 06 21
IV Calibration and Testing 06 01 02 02 05
V Transducers 18 06 07 08 21
Total 56 22 28 20 70
Legends: R = Remember; U = Understand; A = Apply and above levels (Bloom’s revised taxonomy)
Note: This specification table shall be treated as a general guideline for students and teachers.
The actual distribution of marks in the question paper may vary slightly from above table.
6. SUGGESTED LIST OF EXERCISES/PRACTICAL
The practical/exercises should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to
develop different types of practical skills (Course Outcomes in psychomotor domain) so
that students are able to acquire the competencies (Programme Outcomes). Following is the
list of practical exercises for guidance.
Note: Here only Course Outcomes in psychomotor domain are listed as practical/exercises.
However, if these practical/exercises are completed appropriately, they would also lead to
development of Programme Outcomes/Course Outcomes in affective domain as given in a
common list at the beginning of curriculum document for this programme. Faculty should
refer to that common list and should ensure that students also acquire those Programme
Outcomes/Course Outcomes related to affective domain.
S. No. Unit
No.
Practical/Exercise (Course Outcomes in Psychomotor
Domain according to NBA Terminology)
Apprx. Hrs.
Required
1 II Test the medium resistance using Wheatstone bridge 2
2 II Test the low resistance using Kelvin bridge 2
3 II Test the inductance by using Universal Impedance bridge 2
4 II Test the capacitance by using Universal Impedance bridge 2
5 II Use DC ammeter and voltmeter for different ranges 4
6 II Use Moving Iron voltmeter and ammeter for different ranges 4
7 II Measure maximum demand using Maximum demand meter 2
8 II Find resistance of winding insulation by using Megger 2
9 III Calibrate Ammeter(MI/MC) as per IS 2
10 III Calibrate Voltmeter(MI/MC) as per IS 2
11 III Calibrate Single phase energy meter as per IS 2
12 III Measure different electrical parameters using clip on meter. 2
13 V Measure Linear displacement using LVDT. 2
14 V Use Thermocouple to control the temperature of a
furnace/machine.
2
15 V Test the Automatic Control of speed control for D.C.
motor using tachogenerator
2
Electrical Instrumentation Course code: 3330903
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/13 Gujarat State
5
S. No. Unit
No.
Practical/Exercise (Course Outcomes in Psychomotor
Domain according to NBA Terminology)
Apprx. Hrs.
Required
16 V Test the strain using strain gauge. 2
17 VI Test Power and Power factor(using power factor meter)
using two wattmeter method for three phase circuits
4
Total 36
7. SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES
Following is the list of proposed student activities such as:
i. Prepare charts for understanding various electro-mechanical instruments
ii. Seminar by students on working of various instruments
iii. Prepare a survey report for various latest measuring instruments available in
market
iv. Prepare a survey report to know the ratings of current transformer and potential
transformer used in substation/industries
8. SPECIAL INSTRUCTION STRATEGIES (If Any)
i. Students should be shown animations/video films to explain the working concept
of different transducers and instruments.
ii. Students should be taken to nearby industries/substations where different type of
transducers and instruments are installed and they should be asked to observe their
specifications including their range and least count etc. They should be
encouraged to discuss with operators about what type of errors they encounter in
these instruments and how they are eliminated and how instruments are
maintained and calibrated?
9. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
A) List of Books
S. No. Title of Books Author Publication
1. Electrical and electronic instruments Sawhney, A .K . Dhanpat Rai Publications,
New Delhi, 2010
2. Electrical Measurements:
fundamentals, concepts, applications
Reissland, M.U. New Age International
publishers, New Delhi,
2008
3. A course in electronics & electrical
measurement & instrumentation
Gupta ,J.B.
S.K. Kataria and Sons,
New Delhi, 2011
4. Principles of measurement &
Instrumentation
Morris ,Alan. S PHI publication, New
Delhi, 2011
5. Electrical Instrumentation Bakshi, U.A.,
Bakshi A.V.
Technical Publication,
Pune,2009
6. Mechanical and industrial
measurements ,
Jain ,R.K. Khanna Publication, New
Delhi, 2010
7.
Electrical Measurements and
measuring instruments Golding, E.W.,
Widdis, F.C.
Reem publications
New Delhi, 2011
8. Electronic Measurements and
Instrumentation K. Lal Kishore Pearson,
New Delhi, 2011
Electrical Instrumentation Course code: 3330903
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/13 Gujarat State
6
B) List of Major Equipment/Materials with Broad Specification
i. DC potentiometer : 0 - 1.1V D.C, TEST TERMINALS, COARSE & FINE
adjustment
ii. Wheatstone bridge : Measuring Range- 1.000Ω to 10.00MΩ, Measuring Arm- x
1mΩ, x 10Ω + 10Ω x 10 + 100Ω x 10 + 1000Ω x10 (min. one step: 1Ω), Ratio
Arms- x 0.001 x 0.01, x 0.01, x 0.1, x 1, x 10, 100, x 1000 (M10, M100, M1000
Murray & Varley loop testing), Galvanometer Power Source -Three 1.5V
batteries (built-in), Range, ±0.1% of reading on 100Ω to 100kΩ Range,
Accuracy- ±0.3% of reading on 10Ω to 1MΩ Range, ±0.6% of reading on 1Ω to
10MΩ Range
iii. Kelvin double bridge : Range : 0.2 Micro - Ohms to 11 ohms, Accuracy : 0.1% (or
±1 Slide wire division whichever is greater), Multiplier : 5 Ranges (0.01, 0.1, 1,
10 & 100)
iv. Weins bridge: Biasing Voltage : +12V, -12V DC etc..
v. Universal impedance bridge: Basic accuracy- 0.3%, Versatile , portable , compact
LCR Meter for L-Q , C-D , R-Q, |Z|-Q measurements, Measurement frequencies
100 Hz, 120 Hz and 1 kHz
vi. LCR meter : Basic accuracy- 0.3%, Versatile , portable , compact LCR Meter for
L-Q, C-D , R-Q, |Z|-Q measurements, Measurement frequencies 100 Hz, 120 Hz
and 1 kHz
vii. Energy meter : 1Ø and 3Ø analog and digital meters with latest specifications
viii. Power factor meter : Analog and digital meters with latest specifications
ix. Trivector meter : With latest specifications
x. Two element wattmeter : With latest specifications
xi. Three phase power factor meter : Analog and digital meters with latest
specifications
xii. Megger : Mains / battery pack operated ( Capable of continuous duty for P.I.
measurement of large Generators ) analog/digital insulation tester with selectable
ranges of 50V, 250V, 500 V, 1000 V, 2500 V , 5000 V.
xiii. Phase sequence indicator: Analog and digital meters with latest specifications
xiv. Clip on meter : Analog and digital meters with latest specifications With true-
rms ac voltage and current measurements, the Fluke 373 Clamp Meter reads up to
600 A ac and 600 V ac or dc.
xv. Current transformer and Potential transformer
xvi. Decade resistance box: Accuracy: ± 1%, Max. D.C. voltage : 400 volts, jack-
topped binding posts are used as output terminals
xvii. Range extension board : +12V D.C. at 50mA I.C.regulated Power Supply for Sine
wave Oscillator
xviii. Shunts with ammeters: Accuracy: ± 1%, Measuring Range in ohms like - x 0.001
x 0.01, x 0.01, x 0.1, x 1, x 10, 100, x 1000
xix. Linear variable differential transducer : +12V D.C. at 50mA I.C.regulated Power
Supply for Sine wave Oscillator
xx. Strain gauge: +12V D.C. at 50mA I.C.regulated Power Supply for Sine wave
Oscillator
xxi. Thermo-couple : Types B, E, J, K, R, S, T and C thermocouples
xxii. Thermistor :as per standard specification and latest configurations
xxiii. PH meter:
xxiv. Multiple transducer kit: Inbuilt power supply, measurement facility, expansion
facility and with latest features like computer interface etc.
Electrical Instrumentation Course code: 3330903
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/13 Gujarat State
7
C) List of Software/Learning Websites
i. Electronics work bench
ii. www.scientechworld.com
iii. www.ni.com/labview/
iv. www.scientificindia.com/home/scientificindia.asp
v. http://electricalandelectronics.org/
vi. www.electrical-electronics.co.in/
10. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
Prof. S.S. Mehta, Sr. Lecturer, Electrical Engineering Department, B&B Institute
of Technology,Vallabhvidyanagar.
Prof (Ms.).V.R. Kotdawala, Sr. Lecturer, Electrical Engineering Department,
Govt. Polytechnic, Himmatnagar.
Prof. A.A. Parmar, Sr. Lecturer, Electrical Engineering Department, B&B
Institute of Technology,Vallabhvidyanagar
Prof. J.K. Rathod, HOD, Electrical Engg. Dept., Tolani F.G. Polytechnic,
Adipur
Coordinator and Faculty Members from NITTTR Bhopal
Dr. Joshua Earnest, Professor, Department of Electrical and Electronics
Engineering
Dr. (Mrs.) C.S. Rajeshwari, Professor & Head, Department of Electrical and
Electronics Engineering
Electric Power Generation Course code: 3330904
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
1
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT
Course Curriculum
ELECTRIC POWER GENERATION
(Code: 3330904)
Diploma Programme in which this course is offered
Semester in which offered
Electrical Engineering
3rd
semester
1. RATIONALE
Generation of Electric Power is most important activity in power system. With growing demand
for electric power at one hand and depleting fossil fuel resources it has become more necessary
to generate electric power more efficiently and with the help of renewal energy resources. With
advancement in technology it has become possible to generate electric power commercially
using wind and solar energy. This course therefore deals in detail about generation of electric
power using Thermal (Coal), Hydro, Nuclear, Solar, Wind, Diesel and Other renewal energy
sources. These types of power plants need highly skilled technicians who are capable of
operating various control equipment to supply uninterrupted power. This course attempts to
develop the basic cognitive skills required to take appropriate decisions to maintain the various
generating and auxiliary equipment of power plants. Moreover, the safety precautions required to
be followed by the engineering diploma holders in various power plants is also included in this
course.
2. COMPETENCY (‘Programme Outcome’ according to NBA Terminology)
The course content should be taught and implemented with the aim to develop different types of
skills so that students are able to acquire following competency.
Supervise the functioning of different types of electric power generating plants for
safe operation.
3. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme
(In Hours)
Total Credits
(L+T+P)
Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical Marks Total Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
100
04 02 00 06 70 30 00 00
Legends: L - Lecture; T - Tutorial/Teacher Guided Student Activity; P - Practical; C - Credit; ESE - End
Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment
Electric Power Generation Course code: 3330904
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
2
4. COURSE DETAILS
Unit
Major Learning Outcomes
(‘Course Outcomes’ in Cognitive Domain
according to NBA terminology)
Topics and Sub-topics
Unit – I
Thermal
Power
Station
1a. Explain thermal energy conversion
process with block diagrams
1b. Identify the appropriate site of a TPS
1.1 Energy conversion process for thermal
power station with plant layout
1.2 Selection criteria for site of thermal
power station
1c. Describe the working of thermal
power station (TPS) Using single line
diagram
1d. State the functions of the major
equipment and auxiliaries of a TPS
1e. Distinguish between load curve and
load duration curve
1f. Differentiate between base load and
peak load power plants
1.3 Line diagram of thermal power station
(TPS); Different cycles of TPS
1.4 Major equipment and auxiliaries of
TPS (including Boiler, steam turbine,
Turbo Generator, super heater,
economizer and electro static
precipitator)
1.5 Load curve and load duration curve
1.6 Base load and peak load power plants
1g. State the critical safe practices to be
complied with
1h. Name the major TPS in Gujarat
1.7 Safe Practices of TPS
1.8 Pollution generated by thermal power
stations and methods to reduce them.
1.9 Principle of chimney and concept of
draught.
1.10 Major TPS in Gujarat
Unit – II
Hydro
Power
Station
2a. Explain hydro energy conversion
process with block diagrams
2b. Identify the appropriate site
2c. Classify the different types of HPS
2d. Differentiate between different types
of Hydro Turbines.
2.1 Energy conversion process for hydro-
power station (HPS) with plant layout
2.2 Selection of site for HPS site
2.3 Major features of HPS
2.4 Classification of HPS: based on head,
Storage and pondage, Plant Layout,
types of hydro turbines; Auxiliaries
2e. State the critical safe practices to be
complied with
2f. Name the major HPS in Gujarat
2.5 Safe Practices of HPS
2.6 Difference between Generators for
Thermal Plant and Hydro Plants.
2.7 Advantages of Hydro Power Plants and
their effect on ecology/environment
2.8 Hydro power stations in Gujarat
Unit – III
Nuclear
Power
Station
3a. Explain energy conversion process
with block diagrams
3b. Identify the appropriate site for a
NPS.
3.1 Energy conversion process for NPS:
Nuclear fusion and fission, Chain
reaction
3.2 Selection of site for NPS
3c. Explain the working of Nuclear power
station
3d. Describe various types of reactors
3.3 Working of nuclear power station
3.4 Various types of reactors
3e. State special precautions required for
NPS
3f. Name the major TPS in Gujarat
3.5 Special precautions for NPS
3.6 Advantages and disadvantage of NPS
3.7 Nuclear power stations in Gujarat
Unit – IV
Solar Power
Plant
4a. Explain the various solar energy
parameters required for electrical
power generation and their
4.1 Solar constants, Measurement of solar
radiations
4.2 Large (more than 1 MW) Solar
Electric Power Generation Course code: 3330904
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
3
Unit
Major Learning Outcomes
(‘Course Outcomes’ in Cognitive Domain
according to NBA terminology)
Topics and Sub-topics
measurement
4b. Name the large solar power plants in
Gujarat
photovoltaic (PV) and concentrated
solar power (CSP) solar plants in
Gujarat
4c. Describe the working of Solar
concentrated power (CSP) systems
4.3 Solar Energy Conversion of CSP
4.4 CSP generators, construction and
working principle
4d. Explain principle of solar
photovoltaic (PV)systems
4e. Solve simple numerical related to
solar PV
4f. Discriminate between different types
of solar PV systems.
4.5 construction of a solar PV systems:
Solar cell, Module, Panel and array
4.6 Types of solar PV system: Stand –
Alone,, Grid-Tied, Hybrid system
4g. State the major safe practices for a
solar PV power plant
4.6 Safety precautions of Solar PV systems
Unit – V
Wind Power
Plant
5a. Describe the power curve of wind
turbines with single line sketches,
5b. Solve simple numericals related to the
power in the wind
5c. Name the large wind farms in Gujarat
5d. State the major safe practices in the
maintenance of large WPPs and small
wind turbines
5.1 Anemometer, wind vane, site
selection, Power of the wind, power
curve of wind turbines
5.2 Large wind farms in Gujarat
5.3 Safety precautions to be during the
routine maintenance of large and small
wind turbines
5e. Differentiate Horizontal Axis Wind
Turbine(HAWT) and Vertical Axis
Wind Turbine (VAWT)
5f. Distinguish between downwind and
upwind wind turbines
5g. Differentiate the construction of a
geared, direct drive and hybrid (semi-
geared large wind power plants
(WPPs)
5.4 HAWT and VAWT
5.5 Downwind and upwind wind turbines
5.6 Geared wind power plants (WPPs),
direct-drive WPPs and Hybrid (semi-
geared) WPPs
5h. Differentiate the three types of
aerodynamic control of WPPs Using
the power curves.
5.7 Stall control, pitch control and active
tall control of WPPs.
5i. Evaluate the suitability of various
types of electric generators adapted in
large WPPs
5.8 Squirrel Cage Induction Generators
(SCIG), wound rotor (WRIG), doubly-
fed (DFIG), wound rotor synchronous
generator (WRSG), Permanent magnet
synchronous generator (PMSG)
5j. Using single line sketches, label the
major parts of direct-drive and geared
small wind turbines
5k. Explain the drag and lift principle of
rotation of wind turbines
5.9 Direct-drive and geared small wind
turbines
5.10 Drag and lift principle of rotation of
wind turbine rotors.
Unit – VI
Captive
power plant
6a. With single line diagram describe the
electrical energy conversion process
of DG sets
6.1 Electrical energy conversion of DG sets,
advantages and limitations
Electric Power Generation Course code: 3330904
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
4
Unit
Major Learning Outcomes
(‘Course Outcomes’ in Cognitive Domain
according to NBA terminology)
Topics and Sub-topics
and other
renewable
energy
sources
6b. With single line diagram describe the
electrical energy conversion process
of gas-based power plants
6.2 Electrical energy conversion of gas-
based power plants, advantages, and
limitations
6c. With single line diagram describe the
electrical energy conversion process
of biomass energy
6.3 Electrical energy conversion of biomas
energy, advantages and limitations
6d. With single line diagram describe the
electrical energy conversion process
of ocean energy technologies
6.4 Electrical energy conversion of ocean
technologies; tidal, wave, ocean current,
ocean energy thermal conversion
(OTEC), advantages and limitations
6e. With single line diagram describe the
electrical energy conversion process
of geothermal energy
6.5 Electrical energy conversion of
Geothermal energy, advantages and
limitations
5. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS & MARKS (THEORY)
Unit Unit Title Teaching
Hours
Distribution of Theory Marks
R
Level
U
Level
A
Level
Total
Marks
I Thermal Power Station 12 04 06 04 14
II Hydro Power Station 10 03 05 04 12
III Nuclear Power Station 06 03 03 02 08
IV Solar Power Plant 10 03 05 04 12
V Wind Power Plant 10 03 05 04 12
VI Captive power plant and other
renewable energy sources
08 05 04 03 12
Total 56 21 28 21 70 Legends: R = Remember; U = Understand; A = Apply and above levels (Bloom’s revised taxonomy)
Note: This specification table shall be treated as a general guideline for students and teachers.
The actual distribution of marks in the question paper may vary slightly from above table.
6. SUGGESTED LIST OF TUTORIAL EXERCISES
The practical/exercises should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to develop
different types of practical skills (Course Outcomes in psychomotor domain) so that students
are able to acquire the competencies (Programme Outcomes). Following is the list of practical
exercises for guidance.
Note: Here only Course Outcomes in psychomotor domain are listed as practical/exercises.
However, if these practical/exercises are completed appropriately, they would also lead to
development of Programme Outcomes/Course Outcomes in affective domain as given in a
common list at the beginning of curriculum document for this programme. Faculty should refer
to that common list and should ensure that students also acquire those Programme
Outcomes/Course Outcomes related to affective domain.
Electric Power Generation Course code: 3330904
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
5
Sl.
No.
Unit
No.
Tutorial/Exercise (Course Outcomes in Psychomotor Domain
according to NBA Terminology)
Approx.
Hrs.
Required
1 I to
VI
Solve simple numerical related to different type of power
generation plants
12
2 I
Interpret the line diagram of Thermal Power Station (T.P.S.) and
main cycles & explain working of T. P. S.
02
3 I Prepare technical report of visit to a nearby T.P.S./Prepare a report
on thermal power stations in Gujarat by collecting data from
Internet
04
4 I Collect the data from nearest power station for load curve
preparation and interpret it.
02
5 II Prepare technical report of visit to a nearby H.P.S./Prepare a
report on Hydro power stations in Gujarat by collecting data from
Internet
04
6 III Interpret the schematic diagram of Nuclear power station &
explain the function of each component.
02
7 IV Prepare technical report of visit to a nearby Solar PV station. 04
8 V Prepare technical report of visit to a nearby Wind farm. 04
9 I Visit the website of NTPC and prepare a report 02
10 II Visit the website of NHPC and prepare a report 02
11 VI Draw and Interpret schematic diagram of a Diesel Power Station 02
12 VI Visit the website of MNRE/GEDA and prepare a report 02
13 VI Visit a nearby Biogas plant and prepare a report 02
14 VI Draw and Interpret schematic diagram of gas based power plant 02
Total 46
7. SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES
i. Assignment on solving tutorial
ii. Visit to nearby Thermal power station
iii. Visit to nearby Hydro power station
iv. Visit to nearby Solar PV station
v. Visit to nearby Wind farm.
vi. Visit to nearby diesel power plant.
vii. Collect data of conventional generation for India and Gujarat
viii. Collect data of generating capacity of non- conventional power plants in India. (Total
generation of India and Gujarat)
8. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES (if any)
i. Show video films or animation films on working of different type of power stations
from YouTube and other resources.
ii. Visit to nearby power station
iii. Visit to wind power plants
iv. Visit to solar power plant
v. Visit to electrical substation.
Electric Power Generation Course code: 3330904
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
6
9. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
A) List of Books
S.
No.
Title of Books Author Publication
1 Electrical Power system Mehta, V.K. S. Chand & Co., New Delhi, 2011
2 Wind Power Technology Earnest, Joshua PHI Learning, New Delhi, 2013
3 Electrical Power Uppal, S.L. Khanna publication, New Delhi, 2011
4 Power plant Engineering Nag, P K Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2011
5 Renewable Energy Technologies Solanki, Chetan S. PHI Learning, New Delhi, 2011
6 Generation and Utilization of
Electrical Energy
S. Sivanagaraju Pearson, New Delhi, 2011.
7 Solar PV Lab Manual Solanki, Chetan S. PHI Learning, New Delhi, 2013
B) List of Major Equipment/Materials with Broad Specifications
i. 5 kW Solar PV system
ii. 2 kW concentrated solar power (CSP) system
iii. 2 kW DG system
iv. 1 kW direct-drive small wind turbines
v. 5 kW geared small wind turbine
vi. Illustrative charts for TPS
vii. Illustrative charts for HPS
viii. Illustrative charts for NPS
ix. Illustrative charts for gas based plants
C) List of Software/Learning Websites
i. www.alternative-energy-tutorials.com
ii. http://www.mnre.gov.in/
iii. http://www.ntpc.co.in/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=64&Itemid=34&la
ng=en
iv. http://www.nhpcindia.com/hydro-technology.htm
v. http://www.npcil.nic.in/main/KnowledgePortal.aspx#
vi. http://www.powergridindia.com/_layouts/PowerGrid/User/ContentPage.aspx?PId=255&Lan
gID=English
vii. http://www.youtube.com/user/EnergyShouldBe
10. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
Prof. (Smt.) A. A. Amin, Sr. Lecturer, Electrical Engineering Department, Govt.
Polytechnic, Vadnagar. Gujarat
Prof. V. C. Jagani, Sr. Lecturer, Electrical Engineering Department, Govt.
Polytechnic, Junagadh, Gujarat
Prof. J.K.Rathod, Head of Electrical Engineering Department, TFG Polytechnic,
Adipur, Gujarat
Prof. K. V. Dave, Sr. Lecturer, Electrical Engineering Department, Govt.
Polytechnic, Rajkot, Gujarat
Electric Power Generation Course code: 3330904
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
7
Faculty Members from NITTTR Bhopal
Dr. (Mrs.) C.S. Rajeshwari, Professor & Head, Department of Electrical and
Electronics Engineering
Prof. A.S. Walkey, Associate Professor, Department of Electrical and Electronics
Engineering
Electronic Components and Circuits Course code: 3330905
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/13 Gujarat State
1
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT
Course Curriculum
ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS AND CIRCUITS
(Code: 3330905)
Diploma Programme in which this course is offered
Semester in which offered
Electrical Engineering
3rd
semester
1. RATIONALE
Electronics is becoming a part and parcel of electrical systems in the industry/power system.
And hence it has become essential for an electrical diploma engineer to have fundamental
understanding of the use of various electronic devices and circuits. This course therefore
discusses about the construction, working, and applications of various types of semiconductor
components such as diodes and transistors, which are basic building block of amplifier,
oscillator, switching circuit, wave shaping circuit and power supply. The skills developed in
this course are also essential for comprehending the advanced courses in the later semesters.
2. COMPETENCY (Programme Outcome according to NBA Terminology):
The course content should be taught and with the aim to develop different types of skills so
that students are able to acquire following competency
Use discrete electronic devices and components in various circuits
3. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme
(In Hours)
Total Credits
(L+T+P)
Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical Marks Total
Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
150
04 00 02 06 70 30 20 30
Legends: L - Lecture; T - Tutorial/Teacher Guided Student Activity; P - Practical; C - Credit; ESE - End
Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment
Electronic Components and Circuits Course code: 3330905
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/13 Gujarat State
2
4. COURSE DETAILS
Unit
Major Learning Outcomes
(Course Outcomes in Cognitive Domain
according to NBA terminology)
Topics and Sub-topics
Unit – I
Semicondu
ctor Diode
and its
Applicatio
ns
1a. Distinguish between intrinsic and
extrinsic semiconductor materials
1b. Describe working of PN junction
diodes
1c. Differentiate the working of half and
full wave bridge rectifier along with
sketches
1.1 Intrinsic and extrinsic ssemiconductor
materials: P type, N type
semiconductors
1.2 P-N junction diode:
1.3 Applications - Diode as rectifier,
half wave, full wave and bridge wave
rectifier
1d. Justify the need for different types
of filters.
1e. Differentiate between C, L, LC and π
filters
1.4 Need of Filters
1.5 C,L,LC, π filters
Unit – II
Transistor
s, voltage
& power
amplifiers
2a. Discriminate between PNP and NPN
transistors
2.1 PNP and NPN transistors,
conduction through transistor
leakage current, relationship between
α and β 2b. Compare the working of CB, CE and
CC transistors.
2c. Describe the load line and biasing
methods of the transistor
2.2 Transistor configuration &
characteristics for CB,CE,CC
2.3 Load line and biasing methods of
transistor
2d. Justify the need of voltage amplifier
2e. Select the voltage amplifier for a
particular application
2.4 Transistor as an amplifier : CE
amplifier
2.5 Cascade amplifiers
2f. Explain the need of power amplifier
2g. Select the power amplifier for a
particular application
2.6 Power amplifier: Class A amplifier:
Series fed and transformer-coupled
amplifier
2.7 Class B push-pull Amplifier
Operation
2.8 Amplifier Distortion
Unit – III
Oscillators
and Other
Semicondu
ctor
Devices
3a. Explain the working of different
types of oscillators with relevant
sketches
3b. Select oscillator for different
frequency generation
3c. Describe working of the Zener
diode, Photo diode, LDR,
Photovoltaic Cell, LED with
symbols
3d. Describe working of the FET,
MOSFET, DIAC ,UJT, TRIAC and
SCR
3.1 Working principle of oscillators
3.2 Different types of oscillators: Hartley
oscillator, Colpitts oscillator, Phase-
Shift Oscillator, Wien Bridge
Oscillator, Crystal Oscillator
4.1 Zener diode, Photo diode, LDR,
Photovoltaic Cell, Light Emitting
Diode
3.3 FET, MOSFET, DIAC, UJT, TRIAC
and SCR
Unit – IV
Simple
circuit
using IC
5a. Justify the need of ICs
5b. Describe the working of an OPAMP
5c. Select OPAMP IC 741 for a
particular application
5.1 Need of I.C.
5.2 Operational amplifier (OPAMP).
5.3 Characteristic and specification of
OPAMP- IC 741
Electronic Components and Circuits Course code: 3330905
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/13 Gujarat State
3
Unit
Major Learning Outcomes
(Course Outcomes in Cognitive Domain
according to NBA terminology)
Topics and Sub-topics
5d. Justify the need of IC 555 Timer
5e. Explain the working of a IC555
using the block diagram
5f. Select IC 555 timer for a particular
application
5.4 IC 555 timer and applications
5.5 Block diagram of IC555 timer
Unit – V
Regulated
power
supplies
6a. Justify the need of regulated DC
power supply
6.1 Regulated power supply (module
level), Shunt voltage regulator
(module level)
6a. Explain the working of different
types of voltage regulator circuits
6.2 Transistorized series voltage regulator
(basic and with feedback, without
derivation)
6.3 3- Terminal Fixed/variable voltage
regulator: 78xx, 79xx, LM317
6b. Explain working of SMPS and UPS 6.4 Switch mode power supply(SMPS)
6.5 Uninterruptible power supply(UPS)
5. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS & MARKS (THEORY)
Unit Unit Title Teaching
Hours
Distribution of Theory Marks
R
Level
U
Level
A
Level
Total
Marks
I Semiconductor diode and its
applications 10 4 5 6 15
II Transistors: voltage and power
amplifiers 14 7 7 4 18
III Oscillators and semiconductor devices 18 8 7 7 22
IV Simple circuit using IC 06 2 2 3 07
V Regulated power supplies 08 2 2 4 08
Total 56 23 23 24 70
Legends: R = Remember; U = Understand; A = Apply and above levels (Bloom’s revised taxonomy)
Note: This specification table shall be treated as a general guideline for students and teachers.
The actual distribution of marks in the question paper may vary slightly from above table.
6. SUGGESTED LIST OF EXERCISES/PRACTICALS
The practical/exercises should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to
develop different types of practical skills (Course Outcomes in psychomotor domain) so
that students are able to acquire the competencies (Programme Outcomes). Following is the
list of practical exercises for guidance.
Note: Here only Course Outcomes in psychomotor domain are listed as practical/exercises.
However, if these practical/exercises are completed appropriately, they would also lead to
development of Programme Outcomes/Course Outcomes in affective domain as given in a
common list at the beginning of curriculum document for this programme. Faculty should
refer to that common list and should ensure that students also acquire those Programme
Outcomes/Course Outcomes related to affective domain.
Electronic Components and Circuits Course code: 3330905
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/13 Gujarat State
4
S.
No.
Unit
No.
Practical/Exercise
(Course Outcomes in Psychomotor Domain according to NBA
Terminology)
Approx.
Hrs.
Required
1. I Test PN junction diode. 02
2. I Test Half wave rectifier using CRO 02
3. I Test full wave centre tapped & bridge rectifier using CRO 02 4. I Compare output waveform of different Filters using CRO 02
5. II Test the performance of CB transistor amplifier 02 6. II Test the performance of CE transistor amplifier 02
7. II Testing of transistor using multi meter 02
8. II Test the performance class – B push pull amplifier 02 9. III Test Hartley oscillator using CRO 02
10. III Test Colpitts oscillator using CRO 02 11. IV Test LED and LDR 02
12. IV Test J-FET amplifier 02 13. IV Test MOSFET amplifier 02
14. IV Test SCR and UJT 02 15. V Identify the pins of IC 741 and IC-555 02 16. V Test the performance of IC 555 timer 02 17. VI Test Zener diode as voltage regulator 02 18. VI Build voltage regulator using 78xx and 79xx and measure the
dropout voltage for the given voltage regulator.
02
19. VI Test the performance of SMPS 02
20. VI Test the performance of UPS 02
Total 40
7. SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES
The student can perform the following activities such as: i. Prepare mini project
ii. Testing of electronic components like diode, transistor, SCR, IC etc.
iii. Prepare chart for characteristic of various electronics components.
iv. Survey to collect data sheets for various electronics components used in different circuits.
8. SUGGESTED INSTRUCTION STRATEGIES (If Any)
i. Students should be shown animations/video films to explain the working concept
of different types of diodes, transistors, ICs, amplifiers, oscillators, regulated
power supply etc.
ii. Samples of the electronic components and devices should be brought in the class
for demonstration while teaching those components and devices.
9. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
A) List of Books
S. No. Title of Books Author Publication
1 Basic Electronics and linear
circuits
Bhargava, N.N.
TMH, New Delhi 2012
2 Electronic devices and circuit Robert Boylestad PHI, New Delhi 2012
3 Principle of Electronics Mehta, V.K. S.Chand, New Delhi 2012
Electronic Components and Circuits Course code: 3330905
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/13 Gujarat State
5
S. No. Title of Books Author Publication
4 Electronics Principles Malvino, Albert TMH, New Delhi 2012
5 Basic Electronics and linear
circuits
Kulshreshtha,D.C.
Gupta, S.C.
TTTI, Chandigarh 2007
6 Opamp and Linear integrated
circuits
Gayakwad, Ramakant PHI, New Delhi 2010
7 Electronics Fundamental and
application
Chattopadhyay , D. New Age International
Publishers 2011
B) List of Major Equipment/Materials with Broad Specification
i. Regulated power supply: Dual DC , 0-30V/1A & 5V /1A with resolution of 10mV
, 2mA
ii. Digital Storage Oscilloscope : 300 MHZ Bandwidth , 2GSa/s maximum real time
sampling rate refresh rate upto 2000 wfams/s , RS232 & USB connectivity
iii. C.R.O. : 30 MHz Bandwidth, 2 channel, 20 ns sampling time.
iv. Function generator: 10 HZ to 10MHZ , 10 Vpp , rise & fall time =20ns, manual
/ external triggering
v. Different trainer kits of Electronics.
vi. Digital Multimeter : 51/2
digits resolutions with all basics measurement facility
like DC Voltage: 200 mV ~ 1000 V, DC Current: 200 μA ~ 10 A, AC Voltage:
True-RMS, 200 mV ~ 750 V, AC Current: True-RMS, 20 mA ~ 10 A, 2-Wire, 4-
Wire Resistance: 200 Ω ~ 100 MΩ, Capacitance Measurement: 2 nF ~ 10000μF,
Frequency Measurement: 20 Hz ~ 1 MHz etc., 0.015% DC Voltage Accuracy.
C) List of Software/Learning Websites
i. Electronics work bench
ii. Circuit maker
iii. pSpice
iv. www.howstuffwork
v. www.allaboutcircuits.com/vol_1/chpt_1/1.html
vi. http://openbookproject.net/electricCircuits/DC/DC_5.html
vii. www.kpsec.freeuk.com
viii. www.electical-electronics.org
10. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
Prof. A.A. Parmar, Sr. Lecturer, Electrical Engg.
Prof. N. R. Suchak, Sr. Lecturer, Electrical Engg. Dept, Government
Polytechnic, Rajkot
Prof. J.K. Rathod, HOD, Electrical Engg. Dept., Tolani F.G. Polytechnic,
Adipur
Coordinator and Faculty Members from NITTTR Bhopal
Dr. (Mrs.) C.S. Rajeshwari, Professor & Head, Department of Electrical and
Electronics Engineering
Dr. Joshua Earnest, Professor, Department of Electrical and Electronics
Engineering
SEM-IV
BRANCH CODE:09 DIPLOMA PROGRAMME IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER - IV
COURSE
CODE
COURSE TITLE
TEACHING SCHEME EXAMINATION SCHEME
L
T
P
CREDITS(
L+T+P)
THEORYM
ARKS
PRACTICALM
ARKS
GRAND
TOTAL ESE PA ESE PA
3340901 POLYPHASE TRANSFORMERS AND ROTATING AC
MACHINES 4 0 4 8 70 30 40 60 200
3340902 TRANSMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTRICAL
POWER
4
0
2
6
70
30
20
30
150
3340903 UTILIZATION OF ELECTRICAL ENERGY 4 0 2 6 70 30 20 30 150
3340904 DIGITAL ELECTRONICS AND DIGITAL INSTRUMENTS 4 0 2 6 70 30 20 30 150
3340905
COMPUTER AIDED ELECTRICAL DRAWING AND
SIMULATION
0
0
4
4
0
0
40
60
100
TOTAL 16 0 14 30 280 120 140 210 750
Polyphase Transformers and Rotating AC Machines Course Code: 3340901
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT
COURSE CURRICULUM
COURSE TITLE: POLYPHASE TRANSFORMERS AND ROTATING AC
MACHINES
(Code: 3340901)
Diploma Programme in which this course is offered Semester in which offered
Electrical Engineering 4th
Semester
1. RATIONALE
Polyphase (mainly 3 phase) transformers are widely employed in power grids and
transmissions lines starting from generating station till the consumer end. Every generating
station uses alternators for electricity generation. Induction motors and Synchronous motors
are widely used in industries, farms and domestic applications. It is therefore must for
electrical engineers to posses knowledge and skills required to operate and maintain 3 phase
transformers, induction motors, synchronous motors and alternators. This course attempts to
develop these skills into the students.
2. COMPETENCY
The course content should be taught and implemented with the aim to develop different types
of skills so that students are able to acquire following competency:
Operate and Maintain transformers and rotating AC machines.
3. COURSE OUTCOMES
The theory should be taught and practical should be carried out in such a manner that students
are able to acquire different learning outcomes in cognitive, psychomotor and affective
domain to demonstrate following course outcomes.
i. Conduct various routine tests on 3 phase transformer.
ii. Operate 3- phase transformers in parallel.
iii. Select a 3- phase or 1- phase induction motor for a given application.
iv. Synchronize an alternator with bus bar or another alternator.
v. Use Synchronous machines for power factor improvement.
vi. Maintain rotating AC machines.
4. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme
(In Hours)
Total
Credits
(L+T+P)
Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical
Marks
Total
Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
200 4 0 4 8 70 30 40 60
Legends: L-Lecture; T – Tutorial/Teacher Guided Theory Practice; P - Practical; C – Credit, ESE - End Semester Examination; PA -
Progressive Assessment
Polyphase Transformers and Rotating AC Machines Course Code: 3340901
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
5. COURSE DETAILS
Unit Major Learning Outcomes (in cognitive domain)
Topics and Sub-topics
Unit – I.
Poly Phase
Transformer
1a. Justify the advantage of using 3-
phase transformer over a bank of 3
single phase transformers
1b. With sketches explain the major parts
of the 3-phase transformer
1c. Sketch the different types of
connections of 3-phase transformer
including vector groups
1d. With sketches the describe the need of
parallel operation of 3 phase
transformers .
1e. State the maintenance procedure and
the transformer oil change process
1.1 Comparison of three phase transformer
with bank of three single phase
transformers.
1.2 Arrangement of Core and windings in
transformer, use of tap changer. Types
of losses in transformers.
1.3 Construction - Accessories of 3 phase
transformer: Main tank, bushings,
conservator with breather, oil level
gauge, radiators, buchholz relay,
explosion vent, temperature indicators,
junction box
1.4 Star delta connections and vector
groups
1.5 Cooling of transformer: Natural
cooling, Forced cooling
1.6 Parallel operation – Essential and
desirable Conditions
1.7 Maintenance of different types of
transformers
Unit– II
Poly Phase
Induction
Motors
2a. Explain how a rotational field is
produced in a 3 phase induction motor.
2b. Differentiate between squirrel cage
and wound rotor induction motor with
their salient features.
2c. Explain the torque slip characteristics
of squirrel cage and wound rotor
induction motor including the
generation operation.
2d. Explain various methods of speed
control of 3 phase induction motor.
2e. State the maintenance procedure of
both squirrel cage and wound rotor
induction motor
2.1 Construction, types - Squirrel cage -
Single and double cage, Wound rotor
2.2 Working principle with Torque-slip
curve, equivalent circuit and phasor
diagram
2.3 Torque equation , Starting, running
and condition for the maximum
torque
2.4 Necessary and types of starters- DOL,
Star delta, autotransformer type and
rotor resistance starter.
2.5 No load test and Blocked rotor test,
Losses and efficiency
2.6 Speed control of squirrel cage and
slip-ring inductionmotor
2.7 Maintenance of different types of
induction motors
Unit– III
Alternator
3a. Explain the working principle of an
alternator
3b. Differentiate between turbo
generator and hydrogenerators
3c. Derive emf equation
3d. Determine the voltage regulation
of an alternator by synchronous
impedance method
3e. Synchronize an alternator with
infinite bus bar.
3f. State the maintenance requirements
of the alternators including the
different cooling systems of the
alternators
3.1 Principle of working and construction.-
Salient and Cylindrical rotor
3.2 Equivalent circuit and phasor diagram
3.3 Voltage regulation by synchronous
impedance method, OC, SC
characteristics
3.4 Synchronization of alternator with bus
bar/alternator
3.5 Cooling system of alternator
3.6 Maintenance of different types of
alternators
Polyphase Transformers and Rotating AC Machines Course Code: 3340901
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
Unit Major Learning Outcomes (in cognitive domain)
Topics and Sub-topics
Unit–IV
Synchronous
Motor
4a. Connect and operate synchronous
motor using proper starting method
4b. Improve the power factor of the
system using synchronous
condenser 4c. State the maintenance requirements
of the synchronous motor
4d. Differentiate the features between the
synchronous and induction motor
4.1 Principle of working, starting methods
4.2 Equivalent circuit and phasor diagram
4.3 Effect of change in excitation ‘V’-
curves
4.4 Synchronous condenser
4.5 Hunting and its prevention
4.6 Different torque of a synchronous
motor
4.7 Maintenance of synchronous motors
Unit-V
Single Phase
Induction
Motors
5a. Describe the working principle of
different types of single phase
motors.
5b. Describe the working principle of
different types of fractional horse
power motors
5c. Troubleshoot single phase
induction motor in a ceiling fan/
cooler
5d. State the maintenance requirements
of the single phase induction motor
5.1 Working of different types of single-
phase induction motors
5.2 Fractional horse power motors
5.3 Speed torque characteristics
5.4 Maintenance of different types of
single phase motors
6. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS AND MARKS (THEORY)
Unit
No.
Unit Title Teaching
Hours
Distribution of Theory Marks
R
Level
U
Level
A
Level
Total
Marks
I Polyphase Transformer 10 04 04 04 12
II Polyphase Indcution Motors 16 08 06 04 18
III Alternator 12 06 05 05 16
IV Synchronous Motor 10 04 06 04 14
V Single Phase Induction Motors 8 02 02 06 10
Total 56 24 23 23 70 Legends: R = Remember U = Understand; A = Apply and above levels (Bloom’s revised taxonomy)
Note: This specification table shall be treated as a general guideline for students and teachers. The actual
distribution of marks in the question paper may vary slightly from above table.
7. SUGGESTED LIST OF EXERCISES/PRACTICALS
The practical/exercises should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to
develop different types of skills (outcomes in psychomotor and affective domain) so that
students are able to acquire the competencies/programme outcomes. Following is the list of
practical exercises for guidance.
Note: Here only outcomes in psychomotor domain are listed as practical/exercises. However,
if these practical/exercises are completed appropriately, they would also lead to development
of certain outcomes in affective domain which would in turn lead to development of Course
Outcomes related to affective domain. Thus over all development of Programme Outcomes
(as given in a common list at the beginning of curriculum document for this programme)
would be assured.
Faculty should refer to that common list and should ensure that students also acquire
outcomes in affective domain which are required for overall achievement of Programme
Outcomes/Course Outcomes.
Polyphase Transformers and Rotating AC Machines Course Code: 3340901
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
S. No. Unit
No.
Practical Exercises
(outcomes in Psychomotor Domain)
Approx
Hours.
required
1
I Identify various accessories of three phase transformer by
visiting to nearby substation and draw its sketch with
cooling arrangement .
4
2 I Perform parallel operation on three phase transformer. 4
3 II Measure the slip of 3-phase Induction motor by using
Tachometer and by Stroboscopic method. 4
4 II Reverse the direction of rotation of a 3-phase IM. 2
5 II Perform direct load test on three phase induction motor and draw
performance curves 4
6
II Perform no load and blocked rotor test on a three phase induction
motor to obtain various parameters. Also construct circle
diagram to determine its performance characteristics.
4
7
II Make connections of DOL starter / star-delta starter / auto
transformer / rotor rheostat starter for appropriate three phase
induction motor.
8
8
II Perform speed control of squirrel cage induction motor by:
1. By changing the supply voltage.
2. By changing the applied frequency.
2
9
II Perform speed control of slip-ring induction motor by:
1. Rotor rheostat control.
2. Injecting an emf from rotor side.
3. operating two motors in cascade connection.
4
10 III Perform direct loading test on alternator to find out voltage
regulation 4
11 III Find out voltage regulation of alternator by synchronous
impedance method for Unity, lagging and leading power factor. 4
12 III Find out voltage regulation of alternator by ampere turn method
for Unity, lagging and leading power factor. 4
13 III Synchronize a given alternator with bus bar. 2
14 IV Construct V-curves of synchronous motor at different load
conditions to see the effect of variation of excitation 2
15 V Test the circuit of capacitor start capacitor run single phase
induction motor used in a ceiling fan 2
16 V Perform No load test on single phase induction motor to
determine the friction and windage loss 2
Total Hours 56
8. SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES
Following is the list of proposed student activities such as:
i. Prepare journals based on practical performed in laboratory.
ii. Assignments on solving numericals
iii. Prepare chart displaying various accessories of three phase transformer
iv. Prepare/Download a dynamic animation to illustrate the following:
• Working principle of 3 phase induction motor
• Working principle of 3 phase alternator
• Working of different types of 3 phase induction motor starters
v. Carry out a market survey of local dealers for 1-phase Induction motor and compare
them on following points:
(a) Rating (b) Method of starting (c) Cost (d) Starting torque and (e) Performance
Polyphase Transformers and Rotating AC Machines Course Code: 3340901
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
vi. Download the catalogue of three phase transformer, three phase induction motor,
synchronous motor and alternator from websites of reputed manufacturers such as
BHEL, SIMENS, CROMPTON, JYOTI, ABB, VOLTAS etc. to learn the latest
developments
9. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES (if any)
(i) Arrange visit to nearby transformer and induction motor manufacturer/testing
facilities
(ii) Show video/animation films to explain functioning of induction
motor/synchronous machines/transformers and their accessories.
10. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
A) List of Books
S.
No. Title of Book Author Publication
1. Electrical Technology Vol. II B. L. Theraja S Chand and Co., New Delhi
2. Electrical Machines Smarajit Ghosh Pearson Learning, New Delhi
3.
Electrical Machinery A.E.Fitzgerald, Charles
Kingsley, Jr., Stephen D.
Umans
Mc. Graw Hill, New Delhi
4. Theory and performance of
Electrical Machines
J.B.Gupta S.K. Kataria and sons, New
Delhi
5. Electrical Machines Ashfaq Hussain Dhanpat Rai and Company,
New Delhi
B) List of Major Equipment/ Instrument with Broad Specifications
i. Three phase transformer 2KVA, 415V /415V, 50 Hz, 2.8A
ii. Three phase induction motor 5 HP, 440V, 8.0A, 1400 RPM Squirrel cage type
with brake drum arrgangement
iii. Three phase induction motor 5 HP, 440V, 8.0A, 1400 RPM Slip-ring induction
motor
iv. Synchronous motor 3 HP, 415V, 3-phase, 50Hz, 1500 RPM
v. DC shunt motor-Alternator
set :
5HP,220V, 1500 RPM, 18A, Excitation- 220V DC
vi. DC shunt motor Alternator 3KVA,415V, 3-phase,3.5A, 1500RPM, Excitation-
220V DC
vii. Single phase induction motor 1 HP, 220 V, 50Hz, 1440 RPM Drum brake with
spring balances
C) List of Software/Learning Websites
i. www.sskphdmm.com
ii. www.nptel.iitm.ac.in
11. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
Prof. H.C. Chawda, Lecturer in Electrical Engineering, RC Technical Institute,
Ahmedabad.
Prof. R.D. Panchal, Lecturer in Electrical Engineering, RC Technical Institute,
Ahmedabad
Polyphase Transformers and Rotating AC Machines Course Code: 3340901
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
Prof. J.C. Gadani, Lecturer in Electrical Engineering, C.U.Shah Govt.Poly.,
Surendranagar.
Coordinator and Faculty Members from NITTTR Bhopal
Prof. (Mrs.) C S Rajeshwari, Head of Department of Electrical and Electronics
Engineering.
Prof. Joshua Earnest, Professor, Department of Electrical and Electronics
Engineering.
Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Power Course Code: 3340902
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT
COURSE CURRICULUM
COURSE TITLE: TRANSMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTRICAL
POWER
(Code: 3340902 )
Diploma Programmes in which this course is offered
Semester in which offered
Electrical Engineering 4th
semester
1. RATIONALE
The electricity is generated in bulk at remote places near to coal mines (thermal power plants,
dams (hydro power) and transmitted to long distances and then distributed in cities and
villages and to industry. The transmission and distribution of electric power is a complex
issue which requires knowledge of different types of transmission lines and power
equipments. Technicians are required to operate and maintain the power transmission and
distribution system so that electrical energy is continuously available to the consumers
economically. It is therefore required that the technicians should be also able to work
independently in the various area of transmission and distribution system. S/he should be able
to operate various control equipments independently in normal and abnormal conditions.
Essential efforts are made in this course to develop above skills in the students.
2. COMPETENCY
The course content should be taught and implemented with the aim to develop different types
of skills so that students are able to acquire following competency:
Operate and maintain various transmission and distribution system.
3. COURSE OUTCOMES
The theory should be taught and practical should be carried out in such a manner that students
are able to acquire different learning outcomes in cognitive, psychomotor and affective
domain to demonstrate following course outcomes.
i Differentiate various types of transmission and distribution systems.
ii Interpret the various transmission concepts
iii Maintain voltage regulation and efficiency of transmission system.
iv Minimize the voltage drop of distribution systems.
4. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme
(In Hours)
Total
Credits
(L+T+P)
Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical Marks Total Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
150 4 0 2 6 70 30 20 30
Legends: L-Lecture; T – Tutorial/Teacher Guided Theory Practice; P - Practical; C – Credit ESE - End
Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment.
Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Power Course Code: 3340902
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
5. COURSE DETAILS
Unit Major Learning Outcomes (in cognitive domain)
Topics and Sub-
topics
UNIT – I
Transmission
Line Components
1a. State the features of different
transmission systems.
1b. State the need for different types of
insulators.
1c. State the features of different types
of conductors
1d. Explain the criteria for spacing of
conductors
1e. Solve simple numerical problems
1.1 Classification of
transmission lines.
1.2 Comparison of different
types of transmission
systems.
1.3 Types of conductors-Copper,
Aluminum: Solid, stranded
and bundled conductors.
1.4 Line insulators –
requirements, types, Failure
of insulator.
1.5 String efficiency, methods of
improving string efficiency.
1.6 Spacing between
conductors, span length and
sag calculation.
UNIT– II
Performance Of
Transmission
Lines
2a. Discriminate between skin effect,
proximity effect, Ferranti effect and
corona
2b. Differentiate between efficiency and
regulation of a transmission line
2c. State the effect of low power factor on
the performance
2d. Explain the effects of R, L and C on
1-ph and 3-ph transmission line.
2e. Differentiate the features of the short,
medium and long transmission lines
2f. Describe the importance and
functions of the load dispatch centre.
2g. Solve simple numerical problems
2.1 Skin effect, proximity effect
and Ferranti effect. Corona
2.2 Transposition of conductors
2.3 Losses, efficiency and
regulation of line.
2.4 Performance of single phase
short transmission
2.5 Effect of load power factor
on performance.
2.6 Features of short, medium
and long transmission lines.
2.7 Load dispatch Centre
Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Power Course Code: 3340902
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
Unit Major Learning Outcomes (in cognitive domain)
Topics and Sub-
topics
UNIT-III
EHV
Transmission
3a. State the need for EHV transmission
3b. State the features of HVAC
transmission
3c. State the features of HVDC
transmission
3d. Describe the impact of wind power
and solar power on the transmission
system
3e. Describe the impact of other
renewable energy on the
transmission system
3f. State the need for FACTS devices
3g. State the salient features of FACTS
devices
3.1 Requirement of EHV
transmission.
3.2 HVAC Transmission
3.3 HVDC Transmission
3.4 Impact of Wind power and
solar power on Transmission
Systems
3.5 Impact of other renewable
energy sources on
Transmission Systems
3.6 FACTS devices
UNIT–IV
Distribution
System
Components
4a. State the need for distribution system
4b. With sketches describe the various
connection schemes of the
distribution system
4c. Describe the Impact of wind power
on the distribution system
4d. Describe the measures to be adapted
to take of the distributed generation
in the distribution system
4e. Solve simple numerical problems
4.1 AC distribution and its
Requirements
4.2 Connection schemes of
distribution system.
4.3 A.C. distribution calculations.
4.4 Issues of Distributed
Generation Integrated to
distribution Grid.
4.5 Methods of solving A.C.-1
phase and 3 Ø –phase
connected (balanced)
distribution system.
UNIT-V
Sub-Station And
Cables
5a. State the need for electrical
substations
5b. Sketch the elevation layout of a
typical 11/33/66/110 kV electrical
substation with various switchgear
and typical spacing between them
and the ground level as well.
5c. State the selection of the bus bar and
their arrangement.
5d. With sketches describe the various
types of earthing adapted for
substations.
5e. State the procedures to undertake the
earth test and megger test
5.1 Types of substations: 11, 33,
66 and 110 kV
5.2 Selection and location of site
5.3 Main connection schemes
5.4 Substation Equipment
5.5 Busbar arrangement
5f. State the features of unarmored and
armored cables
5g. State the features of different types
of cables used in a substation
5h. Select the cables for relevant
applications using data
sheets/catalogues
5i. Solve simple numerical problems on
selecting cables
5.6 Different types of cables:
unarmored and armored
5.7 Selection of cables as per IS
/data sheet / catalogues
Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Power Course Code: 3340902
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
6. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS AND MARKS (THEORY)
Unit
No
Unit Title Teaching
Hours
Distribution of Theory Marks
R
Level
U
Level
A
Level
Total
Marks
I Transmission Line Components. 12 4 5 6 15
II Performance of Transmission Lines 12 4 5 6 15
III EHV Transmission 08 4 3 3 10
IV Distribution System Components 12 4 4 7 15
V Sub-Station and Cables 12 4 4 7 15
Total 56 20 21 29 70
Legends: R = Remember; U = Understand; A = Apply and above levels (Revised Bloom’s taxonomy)
Note: This specification table shall be treated as a general guideline for students and teachers. The actual
distribution of marks in the question paper may vary slightly from above table.
7. SUGGESTED LIST OF EXERCISES/PRACTICALS
The practical/exercises should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to
develop different types of skills (outcomes in psychomotor and affective domain) so that
students are able to acquire the competencies/programme outcomes. Following is the list of
practical exercises for guidance.
Note: Here only outcomes in psychomotor domain are listed as practical/exercises. However,
if these practical/exercises are completed appropriately, they would also lead to development
of certain outcomes in affective domain which would in turn lead to development of Course
Outcomes related to affective domain. Thus over all development of Programme Outcomes
(as given in a common list at the beginning of curriculum document for this programme)
would be assured.
Faculty should refer to that common list and should ensure that students also acquire
outcomes in affective domain which are required for overall achievement of Programme
Outcomes/Course Outcomes.
S.
No.
Unit
No.
Practical/Tutorial Exercises
(outcomes in psychomotor domain)
Approx
Hours.
required
1 I Demonstrate cable jointing procedures of unarmored cables 02
2 I Demonstrate cable jointing procedures of armored cables 02
3 I Prepare a report on different type of insulators and bushings used in
transmission system with their specifications.
04
4 I
Prepare a report about types of cables used in distribution system by
visiting nearby cable suppliers/industries or otherwise with the help of
internet
04
5 II Prepare Technical Report after visit to the Load Dispatch Centre. 02
6 I and
III
Prepare a report on different type of Transmission Towers used in the
industry
04
7 Prepare a report on different types of connectors used in the
transmission lines.
04
8 IV Prepare a report after studying distribution system of a residential
colony.
02
9 V Interpret and explain the given Blue Print of a Sub-Station, 02
10 V Prepare a report on substation with its layout after visiting a nearby
substation
02
11 V Use crimping tools to fit lugs at cable ends of unarmored cables 02
12 V Use crimping tools to fit lugs at cable ends of armored cables 02
Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Power Course Code: 3340902
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
S.
No.
Unit
No.
Practical/Tutorial Exercises
(outcomes in psychomotor domain)
Approx
Hours.
required
13 V Use earth testers 02
14 V Undertake pipe earthing 02
Total Hours (Perform any practical worth 28 hours from above depending upon the
availability of resources so that most units are covered) 36
8. SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES
Following is the list of proposed student activities such as:
i Visit 66 kV distribution sub-station and draw line diagram with equipment
specifications
ii Visit 132/220/400kV transmission sub-station and draw line diagram with equipment
specifications.
9. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES (IF ANY)
i Show actual insulators/sample of cables/connectors in the classroom
ii Show charts/slides/photos/video films depicting different types of transmission lines,
substations and their components.
iii Give some field-based projects
iv Give some internet based projects.
10. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
A) List of Books
S.
No. Title of Book Author Publication
1 Electric Power Transmission and
Distribution
Sivanagaraju S.
Satyanarayana S.
Pearson Learning, New Delhi,
Latest edition
2 A Course in electrical Power Soni-Gupta-
Bhatnagar
Dhanpat Rai, New Delhi, Latest
edition
3 Principles of power system Mehta V. K. S. Chand and Co., New Delhi,
4 Transmission and
Distribution of electrical energy
Gupta
J. B.
S. K. Khanna, New Delhi, Latest
edition
5 Electrical Power System Wadhwa C. L. New Age, New Delhi, Latest edition
B) List of Major Equipment/ Instrument with Broad Specifications i 3-phase transmission line trainer
ii 1-phase transmission line trainer
iii 11 KV pin insulator
iv 11kV string insulator
v 33 KV string insulator
vi Different types of 2 metre length 1-phase and 3-phase aluminum and copper armored cables
vii Different types of 2 metre length 3-phase and 3-phase aluminum and copper armored cables
viii Cable crimping tool
ix Cable end dongles.
x Earth Tester.
xi Megger.
Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Power Course Code: 3340902
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
C) List of Software/Learning Websites
i Open source computer simulation software for transmission system
ii http://www.ketraco.co.ke/learn/
iii http://www.gatewaywestproject.com/faq_general_transmission.aspx
iv http://www.gatewaywestproject.com/construction.aspx
11 . COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
Prof. A. A. Amin, Lecturer in Electrical Engineering, G.P. Vadnagar.
Prof. S. V. Jagani, Lecturer in Electrical Engineering, G.P. Dahod
Prof. V. S. Tejwani, Lecturer in Electrical Engineering, G.P. Rajkot
Prof. N. N. Pandya, Lecturer in Electrical Engineering, G.P. Ahmedabad
Coordinator and Faculty Members from NITTTR, Bhopal
Prof. (Mrs.) C S Rajeshwari, Head of Department of Electrical and Electronics
Engineering.
Prof. Joshua Earnest, Professor, Department of Electrical and Electronics
Engineering.
Utilization of Electrical Energy Course Code: 3340903
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT
COURSE CURRICULUM
COURSE TITLE: UTILIZATION OF ELECTRICAL ENERGY
(Code: 3340903)
Diploma Programme in which this course is offered Semester in which offered
Electrical Engineering 4th
Semester
1. RATIONALE
Electricity is used in every walk of life whether it is home, office, industry or farm. It is being
used for lighting, heating, refrigeration, cooking, air conditioning, operating
machines/computers, welding, traction, irrigation and so on. In this era of energy crisis it is
must that electricity is consumed efficiently. Every diploma electrical engineer therefore
should know to operate and maintain main electrical utilities for their efficient operations.
This course will enable the students to develop skills to maintain /troubleshoot various
electrical equipment / gadgets/appliances in domestic, commercial and industrial sector. The
students will be able to make proper selection of equipment according to requirement to
ensure economical and efficient use of electricity. Essential theoretical and practical
knowledge will be achieved by this course.
2. COMPETENCY
The course content should be taught and implemented with the aim to develop different types
of skills so that students are able to acquire following competency:
Maintain different types of electrical utilities and systems
3. COURSE OUTCOMES
The theory should be taught and practical should be carried out in such a manner that students
are able to acquire different learning outcomes in cognitive, psychomotor and affective
domain to demonstrate following course outcomes.
i. Maintain/Troubleshoot various lamps and fittings in use.
ii. Maintain various electric heating and welding equipments used in industries.
iii. Maintain Electric Drive and elevator used in industries.
iv. Maintain Electric Traction system.
v. Maintain various domestic electrical appliances.
4. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme
(In Hours)
Total
Credits
(L+T+P)
Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical Marks Total
Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
150 4 0 2 6 70 30 20 30
Legends: L-Lecture; T – Tutorial/Teacher Guided Theory Practice; P - Practical; C – Credit ESE - End Semester
Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment.
Utilization of Electrical Energy Course Code: 3340903
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
5. COURSE DETAILS
Unit Major Learning Outcomes (in cognitive domain)
Topics and Sub-topics
Unit – I
Illumination
1a. Define various illumination
terminology and its units
1b. Explain the laws of
illumination and its
significance
1.1 Illumination terminology: Solid
and plane angle, Luminous Flux,
Luminous Intensity, Lumen,
Candle Power, Lux, Lamp
Efficiency, Specific
Consumption, Glare, Space-
Height Ratio, Utilization Factor,
Maintenance Factor, Absorption
Factor, Reflection Factor
1.2 Law of Inverse Squares and
Lambert’s Cosine Law
1c. Describe the working and
applications of the various
lamps and fittings in use.
1.3 Incandescent Lamp,
1.4 Low Pressure Mercury Vapour
Lamps (Fluorescent Tube)
1.5 High Pressure Mercury Vapour
(HPMV) Lamps
1.6 High Pressure Sodium
Vapour(HPSV) Lamps
1.7 Compact Fluorescent Lamps
(C.F.L.),
1.8 Halogen Lamps
1.9 Metal Halide lamp
1.10Electronic ballasts
Unit– II
Electrical
Heating and
Welding
2a. Explain the requirements of
heating element materials
2b. Explain the principle of
Resistance Heating
2c. Explain the principle of arc
Heating
2d. Describe the working of salt
bath furnace
2e. Describe the working of
resistance oven
2f. Describe the working of arc
furnaces
2g. Solve simple numerical
2.1 Requirements of heating
element materials
2.2 Resistance and Arc heating
2.3 Resistance Heating : Direct(Salt
Bath Furnace), Indirect
Resistance Heating( Resistance
Ovens)
2.4 Arc Heating and its applications
2.5 Types of Arc furnace -Direct and
Indirect
2.6 Methods of Temperature Control.
2e. Explain the principle of
induction heating and their
applications
2f. Describe the working of
various types of induction
furnaces
2g. Solve simple numerical
2.7 Induction Heating and its
applications
2.8 Types of induction furnace
Core Type ( Ajax Wyatt) and
Coreless type Induction
Furnace
2h. Explain the principle of
dielectric heating and their
2.9 Dielectric Heating and its
applications
Utilization of Electrical Energy Course Code: 3340903
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
Unit Major Learning Outcomes (in cognitive domain)
Topics and Sub-topics
applications
2i. Solve simple numerical
2j. State the significance of good
welds
2k. Explain the principle
Resistance Welding and list
its types
2l. Explain the principle of
electric arc Welding and its
types
2.10 Quality of a good weld,
welding defects
2.11 Principle of Resistance
Welding
2.12 Types of Resistance welding –
Spot, Seam, Butt, Projection,
Percussion and flash butt
welding
2.13 Principle of Electric Arc
welding
2.14 Types of Arc welding
Machines:
a. DC Welding Machines–MG
Set,AC Rectified welding unit.
b. AC welding Machines–welding
Transformer.
Utilization of Electrical Energy Course Code: 3340903
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
Unit Major Learning Outcomes (in cognitive domain)
Topics and Sub-topics
Unit–III
Electric Drives
And Elevators
3a. Explain function of major
parts of an electric drive with
block diagrams
3b. State the factors governing
selection of electric motors in
a electric drive
3c. Differentiate between:
i. AC and DC Drive
ii. Individual & group drive
3d. Steady state and transient
characteristics of various
motors
3.1 Source, Power modulator,
Electric motor, Control unit and
Load
3.2 Electrical characteristics,
Mechanical factors, Nature of
load torque, Size and cost .
3.3 Comparison of DC & AC Drive
and
Individual & Group Drive
3.4 Speed Torque Characteristics of
the Motor
3e. Classify various types of
elevator machines and their
motors.
3f. State the salient features of
the latest Lift and elevator
Act.
3.5 Types of electric elevator
machines and their motors
3.6 Power transmission gears and
braking
3.7 Safety in elevators
3.8 Lift and elevator Act; such as
Gujarat Lift Act Nov 2001and
others
Unit-IV
Electric
Traction
4a. Explain the concept of
Electric Traction and the
ideal conditions
4b. State the need of single
phase 25 kV AC for traction
4.1 Requirements of ideal Traction
System.
4.2 Traction Mechanics: Types of
Services, Speed Time Curve.
4.3 Supply system: DC System,
Composite System, Single Phase
ac system with low and normal
frequency and 3 phase system
Unit-V
Domestic
Electrical
Appliances
5a. Explain the working of
various domestic electrical
appliances in use.
5b. State the energy conservation
measures adopted in using
various domestic gadgets.
5.1 Domestic electrical appliances:
i. Electric iron.
ii. Electric toaster.
iii. Electric water heater.
iv. Microwave oven.
v. Fans (Ceiling and Table fan)
vi. Washing Machine.
vii. Grinder/ Mixer/ juicer.
viii. Vacuum Cleaner.
ix. Flour Mill etc.
x. Air conditioner
5.2 Concept of Star System for
energy conservation
Utilization of Electrical Energy Course Code: 3340903
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
6. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS & MARKS (THEORY)
Unit
No.
Unit Title Teaching
Hours
Distribution of Theory Marks
R
Level
U
Level
A
Level
Total
Marks
I Illumination 12 4 4 6 14
II Electrical Heating And Welding 10 4 5 5 14 III Electric Drives and Elevators 10 5 4 3 12 IV Electric Traction 12 4 4 6 14 V Domestic Electrical Appliances 12 4 4 8 16
Total 56 21 21 28 70
Legends: R = Remember; U = Understand; A = Apply and above levels (Revised Bloom’s taxonomy)
Note: This specification table shall be treated as a general guideline for students and teachers. The actual
distribution of marks in the question paper may vary slightly from above table
7. SUGGESTED LIST OF PRACTICAL/EXERCISES
The practical/exercises should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to
develop different types of skills (outcomes in psychomotor and affective domain) so that
students are able to acquire the competencies/programme outcomes. Following is the list of
practical exercises for guidance.
Note: Here only outcomes in psychomotor domain are listed as practical/exercises. However,
if these practical/exercises are completed appropriately, they would also lead to development
of certain outcomes in affective domain which would in turn lead to development of Course
Outcomes related to affective domain. Thus over all development of Programme Outcomes
(as given in a common list at the beginning of curriculum document for this programme)
would be assured.
Faculty should refer to that common list and should ensure that students also acquire
outcomes in affective domain which are required for overall achievement of Programme
Outcomes/Course Outcomes.
S.
No.
Unit
No.
Practical/Exercises
(outcomes in psychomotor domain)
Approx.
Hrs.
Required
1 I Measure Illumination at different places in college by luxmeter. 2
2 I Prepare a survey report after collecting technical information of
various lamps available in the local market.
2
3 I Prepare an industrial visit report after visiting nearby lamp
manufacturing industry (otherwise from internet)
2
4 I Prepare a report on different luminaries available in the market &
collect the technical data
2
5 I Identify the different lighting accessories required for various types of
lamps.
2
6 II Prepare a technical report after visiting an industry, manufacturing
electrical heating furnaces. (otherwise from internet)
2
7 II Prepare a report of specification of various heating furnaces used in
industries.
2
8 II Prepare a report of specification of various electrical welding
machines available in college workshop.
2
9 III Prepare a report on various elevators after visiting nearby elevators 2
Utilization of Electrical Energy Course Code: 3340903
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
S.
No.
Unit
No.
Practical/Exercises
(outcomes in psychomotor domain)
Approx.
Hrs.
Required
manufacturing/repairing industry.
10 III Compare various Electric Drives for Traction 2
11 IV Select the appropriate motors and justify selection for given different
load situations (at least 5)
2
12 IV Given a specific load condition determine the rating of a motor
(motor for a pump, motor for a lift).
2
13 V Prepare a report after visiting nearby electric-traction substation.
(otherwise from Internet)
2
14 V Prepare a report /chart on various types traction systems. 2
15 V Prepare a report/chart on speed time curves. 2
16 V
Demonstration of different components of domestic appliances and
their functions with study of their energy consumption and procedures
for basic testing and maintenance. Also study of their specification
and costs. (Any two of following)
a) Electric toaster.
b) Electric Oven
c) Electric water heater.
d) Microwave oven.
e) Fans (ceiling and table fan)
f) Washing Machine.
g) Grinder / mixer / juicer.
h) Vacuum cleaner.
i) Flour Mill.
j) Air conditioner
2 hr for
each
appliances
17 V
Write the procedure of servicing of any two domestic appliances
after visiting nearby servicing centers of electrical domestic
appliances,
2
18 V
Prepare a report on manufacturing of a domestic appliance by visiting
a manufacturing unit of electrical domestic appliances (or from
internet).
2
19 V Prepare a comparative chart of two different manufacturing company
in India for any two electrical domestic appliances. 2
20 V Prepare test reports & bills for servicing of electrical domestic
appliances. 2
Total Hours (perform any practical worth 28 hours from above depending upon the
availability of resources so that most units are covered) 40
8. SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES
Following is the list of proposed student activities such as: i. Preparing reports based on tutorial practices
ii. Assignments for solving numerical
iii. Identify different types of illumination schemes in the Institute.
iv. Note the ratings of various types of welding machines in the Institute workshop. v. Prepare chart of various electrical equipment used for heating.
vi. Seminar on elevators.
vii. Seminar on latest electric traction in world.
Utilization of Electrical Energy Course Code: 3340903
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
9. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES (if any)
i. Industrial visit
ii. Visit to railway loco shed
10. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
A) List of Books
S.
No. Title of Book Author Publication
1. Art & Science of Utilization
of Electrical Energy
H. Partab Dhanpat Rai & Sons , New Delhi,
Latest edition
2. Utilization of Electric Power
& Electric Traction.
J. B. Gupta S. K. Kataria & Sons, New Delhi,
Latest edition
3. Utilization of Electric Power
& Electric Traction
G. C. Garg Khanna Publishers, New Delhi,
Latest edition
4. Electric Traction J. Upadhyay
S. N. Mahendra
Allied Publisher Ltd., New Delhi,
Latest edition
5. Fundamentals of Electrical
Drives
G. K. Dubey Narosa Publishing House. New
Delhi, Latest edition
6. Electrical Power system V.K.Mehta S.Chand, New Delhi, Latest edition
B) List of Major Equipment/ Instrument with Broad Specifications i. Three phase transformer : 2kVA, 415V / 415 V, 50 Hz, 2.8A
ii. Three phase induction motor: 5 HP, 440 Volts, 1460 rpm, 8.0A, 50Hz, Squirrel cage.
iii. Three phase induction motor: 2 HP, 440 Volts, 1460 rpm, 50Hz, 4.2 A Slip ring cage.
iv. DOL starter, star delta starter, auto transformer starter.
v. Synchronous motor : 5HP, 3-Ф, 415 V, 50 Hz, 6.0 A, 1500 RPM, Excitation-120V DC
vi. Single phase induction motor: 1 HP, 220 V, 50Hz, 1440 RPM . vii. Ceiling fan and other domestic appliances as given in list of practical above
viii. Various types of cables
C) List of Software/Learning Websites i. www.nptel.iitm.ac.in
ii. www.howstuffworks.com/
iii. www.vlab.com
11. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
Prof. H. C. Chawda, Lecturer in Electrical Engineering RCTI, Ahmedabad
Prof. Alpa. A. Amin, Lecturer in Electrical Engineering GP, Vadnagar
Prof. R. D. Panchal, Lecturer in Electrical Engineering RCTI, Ahmedabad
Prof. V. S. Tejwani, Lecturer in Electrical Engineering G.P. Rajkot.
Coordinator and Faculty Members from NITTTR Bhopal
Prof. (Mrs.) C S Rajeshwari, Head of Department of Electrical and Electronics
Engineering.
Prof. Joshua Earnest, Professor, Department of Electrical and Electronics
Engineering.
Digital Electronics and Digital Instruments Course Code: 3340904
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT
COURSE CURRICULUM
COURSE TITLE: DIGITAL ELECTRONICS AND DIGITAL INSTRUMENTS
(Code: 3340904)
Diploma Programmes in which this course is offered Semester in which offered
Electrical Engineering 4th
semester
1. RATIONALE
Digital electronics has invaded all branches of engineering and electrical engineering in
particular. Hence it is essential that the diploma electrical engineer have a sound
understanding of the basic fundamentals of digital electronics. Similarly digital instruments
are replacing the analog instruments. Therefore, this course has been designed so that basic
skills to operate and maintain the basic digital circuits and digital instruments are developed
in the students.
2. COMPETENCY
The course content should be taught and implemented with the aim to develop different types
of skills so that students are able to acquire following competency:
Maintain digital electronic circuits and instruments.
3. COURSE OUTCOMES
The theory should be taught and practical should be carried out in such a manner that students
are able to acquire different learning outcomes in cognitive, psychomotor and affective
domain to demonstrate following course outcomes.
i. Use digital integrated circuit logic family chips.
ii. Perform computational and measurement activities using digital techniques.
iii. Build sequential and combinational logic circuits.
iv. Analyse working of A/D and D/A converters.
v. Use display devices for digital circuits.
vi. Use digital meters for measurements.
4. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme
(In Hours)
Total
Credits
(L+T+P)
Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical
Marks
Total
Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
150 4 0 2 6 70 30 20 30
Legends: L-Lecture; T – Tutorial/Teacher Guided Theory Practice; P - Practical; C – Credit ESE - End
Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment.
Digital Electronics and Digital Instruments Course Code: 3340904
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
5. COURSE DETAILS
Unit Major Learning Outcomes (in cognitive domain)
Topics and Sub-topics
Unit – I
Number
Systems
1a. Convert numbers from
one to another system
1b. Perform binary
arithmetical operations.
1c. Explain various types of
binary codes and its
applications.
1.1Types of number system, inter conversion
1.2 Basic mathematical operations – 1’s
complement,2’s complement, 9s
complement and 10’s complement
1.3 Binary addition, subtraction,
multiplication and division.
1.4 Introductions to codes –Binary, weighted
,non weighted codes, Excess code, Grey
code, BCD code, Hamming code (only
introduction)
Unit– II
Logic Gates
And Wave
Shaping
Circuits
2a. Use of Diode as Wave
shaping circuit with the
output waveforms of the
clipper circuit.
2.1 Diode and transistor as a switch.
2.2 Diode as a clipper circuit
2b. Differentiate different
logic levels
2c.Prepare the truth table of
various logic gates.
2d. Develop basic gates
using Universal gates
2.3 Positive logic and negative logic levels
2.4 Different types of logic gates, symbol and
truth table
2.5 Universal gates - NAND and NOR
2e. State the features of
various logic families
2.6 Logic family RTL, DTL
2.7 NMOS, PMOS and CMOS
Unit– III
Boolean
Algebra and
Combinational
Circuits
3a.Apply laws of Boolean
algebra
3b.State the need for
Demorgan’s theorems.
3.1 Laws of Boolean algebra.
3.2 Demorgan’s theorems.
3c.Build logic circuit for a
given Boolean expression
3d.Build various
combinational circuits.
3e.Describe the working of 3
to 8 decoder and BCD to
Seven segment decoder
3.3 Boolean expression and logic diagram
and vice versa
3.4 Simplification of given Boolean equation.
3.5 Combinational circuits: Half and Full
Adder, half and full Subtractor,
Multiplexer and Demultiplexer Encoder
and Decoder
Unit- IV
Sequential
Circuits
4a.Explain the working of
various Flip Flops with
the help of truth table.
4.1Flip-Flop (FF) circuits: R-S, D, J-K and
master slave J-K.
4b.Describe the working of
various types of shift
generator.
4.2Shift register: series, parallel left and
right
4c.Draw the waveform of
Asynchronous and
Synchronous counter
counters
4.3Asynchronous and Synchronous counter
using 7493 and 7490
4d. Select various 4.4 Introduction of Semiconductor memory
Digital Electronics and Digital Instruments Course Code: 3340904
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
Unit Major Learning Outcomes (in cognitive domain)
Topics and Sub-topics
semiconductor memories RAM, ROM, PROM, EPROM and EEPROM
Unit-V
A to D And D
to A
Convertors and
Display Devices
5a.Describe the working of
various types of A to D
convertors.
5b.Describe the working of
various types of and D to
A convertors.
5.1 Digital to Analog conversion.
Weighted Resistor Network type
Binary Ladder Network type
5.2 Analog to Digital conversion
Parallel Comparator type
Successive approximation type
Counter OR Staircase type
5c.Explain working of
various display devices
used with digital circuits.
5.3 Display devices
Mechanical Drum or Disc type
Light Emitting Diode type
Liquid Crystal Display
Unit-VI
Digital
Instruments
6a. State the features of
digital over analog
instruments.
6.1 Comparison of digital instrument with
analog instrument.
6b.Draw the block diagram
of digital instruments and
explain each block.
6.2 Basic building blocks of -digital
instruments.
6c. Explain the working of
various Digital
instruments
6.3 Digital volt-meter - Ramp and Staircase
type
6.4 Digital frequency meter, multi meter,
Digital watt meter, Digital energy meter
6. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS AND MARKS (THEORY)
Unit
No.
Unit Title Teaching
Hours
Distribution of Theory Marks
R
Level
U
Level
A
Level
Total
Marks
I Number Systems 8 2 4 4 10
II Logic Gates and Wave shaping
Circuits 11 4 4 6 14
III Boolean Algebra And
Combinational Circuits 12 3 4 8 15
IV Sequential Circuits 11 4 6 4 14 V A to D and D to A Convertors
and Display Devices 8 4 4 2
10
VI Digital Instruments 6 3 3 1 7
Total 56 20 25 25 70
Legends: R = Remember; U = Understand; A = Apply and above levels (Revised Bloom’s taxonomy)
Note: This specification table shall be treated as a general guideline for students and teachers. The actual
distribution of marks in the question paper may vary slightly from above table.
7. SUGGESTED LIST OF EXERCISES/PRACTICAL
The practical/exercises should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to
develop different types of skills (outcomes in psychomotor and affective domain) so that
students are able to acquire the competencies/programme outcomes. Following is the list of
practical exercises for guidance.
Digital Electronics and Digital Instruments Course Code: 3340904
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
Note: Here only outcomes in psychomotor domain are listed as practical/exercises. However,
if these practical/exercises are completed appropriately, they would also lead to development
of certain outcomes in affective domain which would in turn lead to development of Course
Outcomes related to affective domain. Thus over all development of Programme Outcomes
(as given in a common list at the beginning of curriculum document for this programme)
would be assured.
Faculty should refer to that common list and should ensure that students also acquire
outcomes in affective domain which are required for overall achievement of Programme
Outcomes/Course Outcomes.
8. SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES
Following is the list of proposed student activities such as:
i. Student may validate the experimental results with that of results obtained using
various simulation soft ware’s.
S.
No. Unit No.
Practical Exercises
(outcomes in psychomotor domain)
Approx
Hrs.
required
1 II Verify the truth table of the different Logic Gates. 2
2 II Build basic Gates using NAND Universal Gate. 2
3 II Build basic Gates using NOR Universal Gate. 2
4 II Build diode positive clipper circuits and observe the output waveform 2
5 II Build diode negative clipper circuits and observe the output waveform. 2
6 III Build and test the logic circuit to prove commutative laws, Associative
laws and Distributive laws. 2
7 III Verify Demorgan’s theorems. 2
8 III Build and test the logic circuit for a given Boolean Expression. 2
9 III Build and test the logic circuit for simplification of a given Boolean
Expression. 2
10 III Build and test Half Adder Circuit. 2
11 III Build and test Full Adder Circuit. 2
12 III Build and test Half Subtractor Circuit. 2
13 III Build and test Full Subtractor Circuit. 2
14 IV Build and test the working of the R-S Flip-Flop for Active High inputs. 2
15 IV Build and verify the truth table of R-S Flip-Flop for Active Low inputs. 2
16 IV Build and verify the truth table of D Flip-Flop. 2
17 IV Build and verify the truth table of JK Flip-Flop. 2
18 IV Build and test the working of the Shift Register. 2
19 IV Build and Test the working of the Decade counter. 2
20 IV Display various alphanumeric characters on BCD and Seven segment
LED Display. 2
21 IV Build/Test the 4 bit Decoder circuit. 2
22 IV Build/Test the 4 bit Encoder circuit. 2
23 V Convert given analog signal to 4 bit Digital output using ADC 2
24 V Convert the given digital signal to analog output using DAC. 2
25 VI Build and Test various digital circuits with the help of simulation
software.
2
Total Hours (Perform any practical worth 28 hours from above depending upon the
availability of resources so that most units are covered) 50
Digital Electronics and Digital Instruments Course Code: 3340904
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
ii. Student may present seminar on a given topic of this subject
iii. Students may develop counters for practical use
9. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES (IF ANY)
Visit to nearby electronic component manufacturing factories
Display of animation/video films on functioning of digital instruments.
10. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
A) List of Books
Sr.
No. Title of Book Author Publication
1. Digital Electronics Sanjay Sharma S.K.Kataria & sons.
2. Digital Electronics Dr.B.R.Gupta &
V.Singhal
S.K.Kataria & sons.
3. Digital Electronics (for
Polytechnics)
Pratima Manhas
Shaveta Thakral
S.K.Kataria & sons.
4.
Trouble shooting &
Maintenance of Electronic
equipments
K. Sudeep singh S.K.Kataria & sons.
5. Digital design : with an
introduction to the verilog hdl
M. Morris Mano,
Michael D. Ciletti
Pearson, 5th
edition.
6. Morden Digital Electronics R P Jain TMH
7. Fundamentals of Digital
circuits
A. Anand Kumar PHI
8. Digital Electronics K. Meena PHI
9.
Digital principles &
applications
Malvino. A. P.,
Leach D. P.,
Saha Goutam
Tata Mcgraw Hill Education
Private Limited (2010), 7th
Edition
10. Pulse digital & switching
wave forms
Millman & Taub Mc. Graw Hill
11. Electronic devices & circuits Allen Mottershed. Prentice Hall of India
12. Principles of digital
electronics
Malvino & Leach Tata Mc. Graw Hill
13. Digital circuits & systems Douglass V. Hall Mc. Graw Hill
B) List of Major Equipment/ Instrument with Broad Specifications
Bread board with connecting wires & various logic input/output facilities
Various Logic Gates, Flip-Flop, Registers, Counters, Encoder, Decoder,
ADC, DAC, Seven Segment Code converter related ICs
Digital Logic trainer board.
A/D and D/A trainer modules.
Universal counter module
Demonstration kit for various display devices
Digital IC tester
Regulated Power Supply
Digital Storage Oscilloscope
Digital Multimeter
Digital Electronics and Digital Instruments Course Code: 3340904
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
Various kits of Digital Voltmeter, Frequency meter, Watt meter, Energy meter.
Digital Function Generators
The Virtual Instrumentation Educational Laboratory Suite specifically for teaching
analog, digital, and power laboratories
C) List of Software/Learning Websites
Matlab 2011a
Psim
Electronics Work Bench
www.nptel.iitm.ac.in
www.ocw.mit.edu
www.slideshare.net/
www.alldatasheet.com
www.nptl.iitm.ac.in
www.ocw.mit.edu
www.slideshare.net
www.authorstream.com
www.daenotes.com
www.youtube.com/nptelhrd
www.Howstuffworks.com
Various Simulation soft ware’s such as Electronics Workbench etc.
11. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
Prof. S.V. Jagani Lecturer, Govt. Polytechnic Dahod.
Prof J.C. Gadani, Lecturer, C U Shah Govt. Polytechnic Surendranagar.
Prof H.I. Joshi, Lecturer, Govt. Polytechnic, Ahmedabad.
Coordinator and Faculty Members from NITTTR Bhopal
Prof. (Mrs.) C. S. Rajeshwari, Head of Department of Electrical and Electronics
Engineering.
Prof. Joshua Earnest, Professor, Department of Electrical and Electronics
Engineering.
Computer Aided Electrical Drawing and Simulation Course Code: 3340905
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT
COURSE CURRICULUM
COURSE TITLE: COMPUTER AIDED ELECTRICAL DRAWING AND
SIMULATION
(Code: 3340905)
Diploma Programmes in which this course is offered Semester in which offered
Electrical Engineering 4th
Semester
1. RATIONALE
All equipment, installations, circuits and other electrical and electronic systems in commercial,
power and industrial sector need drawings for their manufacturing, installation, operation and
maintenance. A technician working in design and shop floor must possess the skill of reading,
interpreting different drawings and simulating electrical and electronics circuit for most of the
activities. With the evolution of various computer software's the role of earlier draftsman is now
taken over by Computer software. The Computer Aided Drawing (CAD) and simulation
(MATLAB/SIMULINK, PSpice, MULTISIM) software will be used to perform various practical
exercises in this course. This will enable the students to become competent for working in the fast
growing information technology environment by enhancing their computer aided drawing,
designing and simulating skills in the field of electrical and electronics engineering.
2. COMPETENCY
The course content should be taught and implemented with the aim to develop different types
of skills so that students are able to acquire following competency:
Draw/simulate electrical and electronics circuit using software.
3. COURSE OUTCOMES
The theory should be taught and practical should be carried out in such a manner that students
are able to acquire different learning outcomes in cognitive, psychomotor and affective
domain to demonstrate following course outcomes.
i. Use various symbols and notations in electrical and electronics engineering drawings.
ii. Interpret drawings, draw interferences and workout other technical details.
iii. Draw various electrical and electronics circuits according to standard practices using
CAD software.
iv. Simulate/test simple electrical and electronics circuits using Simulation software
v. Prepare a PCB for a given mini project.
Computer Aided Electrical Drawing and Simulation Course Code: 3340905
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
4. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme
(In Hours)
Total
Credits
(L+T+P)
Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical Marks Total
Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
100 0 0 4 4 00 00 40 60
Legends: L-Lecture; T – Tutorial/Teacher Guided Theory Practice; P - Practical; C – Credit ESE - End
Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment.
5. COURSE DETAILS
Note: There are no separate theory classes for the theory to be taught as below. The relevant
theory has to be discussed before students perform the practical during practical sessions.
Unit Major Learning
Outcomes (in cognitive
domain)
Topics and Sub-topics
Unit – I
Computer
Aided Electrical
Drawing
1a. List the steps of
Computer aided
electrical drawing
1b. Draw general graphical
symbols and notations
used in Electrical
engineering using CAD
software
1.1 Procedure to be adopted for
computer aided drawings
1.2 Electrical machines - AC and DC,
motor starters, measuring and
display instruments etc.
1c. Draw various electrical
circuits using CAD
software.
1d. Draw the cross sectional
view of various
electrical machines
using CAD software.
1e. Draw the winding
diagrams of AC and DC
machines
1f. Draw lighting and
power wiring diagram
for a given installation
1.3 R-L series, parallel circuit
1.4 R-C series, parallel circuit
1.5 R-L-C series, parallel circuit
1.6 D.C. machine parts and cross
sectional view
1.7 A.C. machine parts and cross
sectional view
1.8 A.C. and D.C. winding diagrams
Lighting and power wiring diagram
Computer Aided Electrical Drawing and Simulation Course Code: 3340905
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
Unit Major Learning
Outcomes (in cognitive
domain)
Topics and Sub-topics
Unit– II
Computer
Aided
Electronics
Drawing
2a. Draw general graphical
ssymbols and notations
used in electronics
engineering using CAD
software
2b. Draw various
electronics circuits
using Auto CAD
electrical and
Electronics software.
2.1 Symbols and notations of:
Electronic components - Resistor,
Inductor, transformer and Capacitor
Semiconductor device Diodes,
Zener diode, Transistors PNP/ NPN,
Tunnel diode, photo diode, varactor,
FET, MOSFET,IGBT, UJT etc.
2.2 Half-wave, full-wave and bridge
rectifier, Power amplifier and voltage
amplifier and different types of
oscillators circuits
Unit– III
Simulation of
Electrical
Circuits
3a. List the steps of using
Simulation software in
Electrical engineering
3b. State the procedure to
build simple circuits
3.1 Getting started, ending, commonly
used blocks, Creating a model,
Assigning Variables, Observing
Variables during Simulation,
Storing/Saving Data, Creating and
Masking Sub-systems
3c. Build, Simulate and
test simple electric
circuits.
3.2 Series and parallel R-L circuit,
3.3 Series and parallel R-C circuit,
3.4 Series and parallel R-L-C circuit
3.5 Resonance in AC Circuit and
3.6 Electrical machines circuits
3d. State the steps to
generate graphics and
plot Waveform/
response for analysis
3.7 Graphics, Plot, sub plot, label,
legend etc.
Unit–IV
Simulation of
Electronics
Circuits
4a. Build, Simulate and test
simple electronic
circuits.
4.1 Half wave, full wave and bridge
rectifier
4.2 Power amplifier and voltage
amplifier
4.3 Different types of oscillators circuits
Unit-V
Computer
Aided PCB
Design
5a. Design PCB using
computer software
5.1 Overview of software for PCB
design
5.2 PCB layout of rectifier circuit
5.3 PCB layout of amplifier circuit
5.4 PCB layout of oscillator circuit
Computer Aided Electrical Drawing and Simulation Course Code: 3340905
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
6. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS and MARKS (THEORY)
Not Applicable
7. SUGGESTED LIST OF EXERCISES/PRACTICALS
The practical/exercises should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to
develop different types of skills (outcomes in psychomotor and affective domain) so that
students are able to acquire the competencies/programme outcomes. Following is the list of
practical exercises for guidance.
Note: Here only outcomes in psychomotor domain are listed as practical/exercises. However,
if these practical/exercises are completed appropriately, they would also lead to development
of certain outcomes in affective domain which would in turn lead to development of Course
Outcomes related to affective domain. Thus over all development of Programme Outcomes
(as given in a common list at the beginning of curriculum document for this programme)
would be assured.
Faculty should refer to that common list and should ensure that students also acquire
outcomes in affective domain which are required for overall achievement of Programme
Outcomes/Course Outcomes.
S.
No.
Unit
No.
Practical Exercises
(outcomes mainly in psychomotor domain)
Approx
Hrs.
required
1 I Draw electrical and electronic symbols using CAD and take print out 04
2 I Draw D.C. and A.C machine parts using CAD and take print out 04
3 I Draw winding diagram for given DC machine using CAD and take
print out of (a)Lap winding and (b)Wave winding
04
4 II
Draw different types of rectifier circuit using CAD and take print out of
:
(a)Single phase half wave
(b)Single phase full wave
(c)Bridge rectifier
02
5 II Draw R-C couple amplifier circuit using CAD and take print out 02
6 II
Draw the following oscillator circuit using CAD and take print of
(a)Hartley oscillator
(b)Colpitt oscillator
(c) Phase-Shift Oscillator
(d) Wien Bridge Oscillator
(e)Crystal Oscillator
06
7 III Simulate three resistances in series circuit and find out voltage and
current in each resistance .
02
8 III
Simulate the following circuits and find out voltage and current in each
resistance.
(a)Two resistances in parallel
(b)Resistance and inductor in parallel
02
9 III
Simulate a given complex circuit having combination of series-parallel
resistances and find out current and voltage across each resistor.
(Students can use circuit which asked in exams of D.C. Circuits
course.)
02
10 III Simulate R-L series circuit and observe voltage wave forms across each
component.
02
11 III Simulate R-C series circuit and observe voltage wave forms across each
component.
02
12 III Simulate R-L-C series circuit and observe voltage wave forms across
each component.
02
Computer Aided Electrical Drawing and Simulation Course Code: 3340905
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
S.
No.
Unit
No.
Practical Exercises
(outcomes mainly in psychomotor domain)
Approx
Hrs.
required
13 III Simulate R-L parallel circuit and observe current wave forms across
each component.
02
14 III Simulate R-C parallel circuit and observe current wave forms across
each component.
02
15 III Simulate R-L-C parallel circuit and observe current wave forms across
each component.
02
16 III Simulate star connection using resistors and observe voltage current
relation of line and phase.
02
17 III Simulate delta connection using resistors and observe voltage current
relation of line and phase.
02
18 III Simulate one switch one bulb house wiring diagram circuit. 02
19 III Simulate stair case wiring circuit. 02
20 IV Simulate single phase half-wave rectifier circuit. 02
21 IV Simulate single phase full-wave rectifier circuit. 02
22 IV Simulate single phase bridge rectifier circuit. 02
23 IV Simulate single phase half-wave rectifier circuit. 02
24 IV Simulate single phase half-wave rectifier circuit. 02
25 IV Using CRO find out voltage across resistors.(simulation) 02
26 IV Using CRO find out unknown frequency by comparing it with known
frequency.
02
27 IV Simulate basic logic gates. 02
28 IV Using simulation prove that NAND gate is universal gate. 02
29 IV Using simulation prove that NOR gate is universal gate. 02
30 IV Using simulation prove De Morgan’s theorem. 02
31 IV Using simulation prove half adder and full adder circuit. 02
32 IV Using simulation prove half subtractor and full subtractor circuit. 02
33 V Develop P.C.B. layout for a given electrical circuit using software 04
34 V Develop P.C.B. layout for a given electronics circuit using software 02
Total Hours(perform any practical worth 56 hours from above depending upon the
availability of resources so that most units are covered) 60
8. SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES
Following is the list of proposed student activities such as:
i. Download open source simulation software for electrical and electronics circuits on
internet.
ii. Validate the simulation results with results obtained from performing experiments.
iii. Seminar on various simulation software.
iv. Design a PCB for a given project using software
9. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES (IF ANY)
Mini project may be given on CAD and simulating electrical and electronics circuits. Students
should be asked to design a PCB to fabricate the circuit of mini project using software
Computer Aided Electrical Drawing and Simulation Course Code: 3340905
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
10. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
A) List of Books
S.
No. Title of Book Author Publication
1 AutoCAD 2013 for Engineers and
Designers.
Sham Tickoo Dream tech press, New
Delhi, Latest edition
2 Mastering AutoCAD 2013 and
AutoCAD LT 2013
George Omura Sybex, New Delhi, Latest
edition
3
Mastering electronics workbench: Version 5 and Multisim Version 6
John Adams McGraw-Hill, New Delhi,
Latest edition
4
Introduction to PSpice Using
OrCAD For Circuits And
Electronics
Muhammad H.
Rashid
PHI Learning, New
Delhi, Latest edition
B) List of Software/Learning Websites
i. Open Source Softwares preferred.
ii. AutoCAD
iii. Work bench
iv. PSIM
v. SPICE (Simulation Program with Integrated Circuit Emphasis)……..
vi. Orcad for pcb design…..
vii. Circuit maker
viii. Multi-Sim
ix. http://coolcadelectronics.com/coolspice/ )
x. http://students.autodesk.com/ (register and get free student version of LATEST AutoCAD
software for approximately 3 years) xi. http://www.circuitstoday.com/circuit-design-and-simulation-softwares
xii. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_free_electronics_circuit_simulators
xiii. http://coolcadelectronics.com/coolspice/
xiv. Android applications available on Google Play store like AutoCAD 360, Circuit Builder,
Electric Circuit, Circuit Simulator, WeSpice Demo, Electric Circuit Calculator, Electrical
Engineering
11 . COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
Prof. H. C. Chawda, Lecturer in Electrical Engineering, RCTI, Ahmedabad.
Prof. R. D. Panchal, Lecturer in Electrical Engineering, RCTI, Ahmedabad.
Prof. V. S. Tejwani, Lecturer in Electrical Engineering, Govt. Polytechnic, Rajkot
Prof. A. A. Amin, Lecturer in Electrical Engineering, Govt. Polytechnic, Vadnagar
Coordinator and Faculty Members from NITTTR Bhopal
Prof. (Mrs.) C S Rajeshwari, Head of Department of Electrical and Electronics
Engineering.
Prof. (Mrs.) Anjali Potnis, Assistant Professor, Department of Electrical and
Electronics Engineering.
SEM-V
BRANCH CODE:09 DIPLOMA PROGRAMME IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER - V
COURSE
CODE
COURSE TITLE
TEACHING SCHEME EXAMINATION SCHEME
L
T
P
CREDITS
(L+T+P)
THEORY
MARKS
PRACTICAL
MARKS
GRAND
TOTAL ESE PA ESE PA
3350901 WIRING ESTIMATING, COSTING & CONTRACTING 3 0 2 5 70 30 20 30 150
3350902
ENERGY CONSERVATION & AUDIT
4
0
2
6
70
30
20
30
150
3350903 POWER ELECTRONICS 4 0 2 6 70 30 20 30 150
3350904
MICROPROCESSOR AND CONTROLLER APPLICATIONS
4
0
2
6
70
30
20
30
150
ELECTIVE-I (ANY ONE) 3 0 2 5 70 30 20 30
150
3350908 PROJECT-I 0 0 4 4 0 0 40 60
100
TOTAL 18 0 14 32 350 150 140 210 850
ELECTIVE-I
3350905 WIND AND SOLAR ENERGY SYSTEMS
3350906 SPECIAL ELECTRICAL MACHINES
3350907 ELECTRIC TRACTION AND CONTROL
Wiring estimating, Costing and Contracting Course Code: 3350901
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
1
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT
COURSE CURRICULUM
COURSE TITLE: WIRING ESTIMATING, COSTING AND CONTRACTING
(COURSE CODE: 3350901)
Diploma Programme in which this course is offered Semester in which offered
Electrical Engineering 5th
Semester
1. RATIONALE
Electrical wiring plays a major role in distributing the electrical energy from electric utilities
to consumer. Electrical diploma holders have to work as Technicians and Supervisors for
planning, installing and testing various electrical wiring Installations such as residential,
commercial and Industrial electrification schemes. They should be able to prepare costing and
estimates for these schemes with a thorough understanding of the methods/procedure of
estimating, tendering/ contracting is desired. Knowledge of IE rules for different types of
electrical Installation, their planning considerations equips the students with the capability to
plan and prepare different Installation projects. Essential efforts are made in this course to
develop above skills in the students.
2. LIST OF COMPETENCY
The course content should be taught and implemented with the aim to develop required skills
so that students are able to acquire following competency:
Carry out wiring estimating, costing and contract of various types of
installations.
3. COURSE OUTCOMES
The theory should be taught and practical should be undertaken in such a manner that
students are able to acquire different learning outcomes in cognitive, psychomotor and
affective domains to demonstrate the following course outcomes:
i. Prepare an estimate of quantity and cost of the material for a electrical project
following IE Act-2003.
ii. Prepare detail estimate and costing of Residential and commercial Electrical
Installations following IE Act-2003.
iii. Test Residential, commercial and Industrial Electrical Installation following IE Act-
2003.
iv. Prepare detail estimate and costing of a transmission line/Overhead and underground
distribution project following IE Act-2003.
v. Prepare estimates for repairs and maintenance of electrical devices and equipment.
Wiring estimating, Costing and Contracting Course Code: 3350901
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
2
4. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme
(In Hours)
Total
Credits
(L+T+P)
Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical
Marks
Total
Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
150 3 0 2 5 70 30 20 30
Legends: L-Lecture; T – Tutorial/Teacher Guided Theory Practice; P - Practical; C – Credit, ESE - End
Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment.
5. COURSE CONTENT DETAILS
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
(outcomes in Cognitive Domain) Topics and Sub-topics
Unit – I
Electrical
Wiring and
IE Rules
1a. Differentiate between
different types of wiring
system
1b. List the applications of
different types of wiring tools
1c. Troubleshoot different
types of wiring circuits
1d. Explain the IE rules of
wiring
1.1 Types of wires, wiring system.
1.2 Specifications of Different types
of wiring materials, Accessories
1.3 Wiring tools.
1.4 Wiring circuits.
1.5 Domestic and industrial panel
wiring.
1.6 I.E. rules for wiring, IE Act-2003.
Unit– II
Estimating,
Costing and
Contracting
2a Classify types of
estimation and estimation
tools
2b Describe Purchase
procedure
2c Explain the types of
contracts and contractors.
2d Explain the concept of
contracts and Tenders
2e Explain the procedure
for submission and opening
of tenders.
2f Explain the principles
of Execution of works
2g Explain the procedure
for Billing of executed work
2.1 Estimation and estimation tools.
2.2 Electrical Schedule of rates,
catalogues, Survey and source selection,
Recording estimates
2.3 Quantity and cost of material
required.
2.4 Purchase system, Purchase
enquiry and selection of appropriate
purchase mode, Comparative statement,
Purchase orders, Payment of bills
2.5 Types of contract system.
2.6 Tendering procedure and
preparation of simple tender, Earnest
Money Deposit, Security Deposit
2.7 Schedule of rates (S.O.R.)
Unit– III
Estimating
and Costing
of Domestic
and Industrial
Wiring
3a. Prepare Layout and
wiring diagram for domestic
wiring.
3b. Calculate the Load,
quantity and cost of material
required for domestic wiring.
3.1 Layout for domestic Wiring,
3.2 Load calculation
3.3 Cable selection
3.4 Earthing
3.5 Selection of switchgear.
3.6 Overall Estimating and costing
Wiring estimating, Costing and Contracting Course Code: 3350901
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
3
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
(outcomes in Cognitive Domain) Topics and Sub-topics
3c. Prepare Layout and
wiring diagram for industrial
wiring.
3d. Calculate the Load,
quantity and cost of material
required for industrial wiring.
3.7 Layout for domestic Wiring,
3.8 Load calculation
3.9 Cable selection
3.10 Earthing
3.11 Selection of switchgear.
3.12 Overall Estimating and costing
Unit– IV
Estimation of
Overhead
Transmission
Line, and
Underground
Distribution
System
4a. Sketch layout of
transmission line with
specifications
4b. Prepare plan of
transmission line project
work.
4c. Determine main
components and specification
of transmission line.
4d. Estimate quantity of
material and cost required for
a transmission line project
work.
4.1 Transmission lines, Line supports,
Factors governing height of pole,
4.2 Conductor materials, size of
conductor for overhead
4.3 Transmission line: cross arms,
pole brackets and clamps, guys and stays,
conductors configuration spacing and
clearances, span lengths, overhead line
insulators, insulator materials lightning
arrestors, erection of supports, setting of
stays,
4.4 Earthing of lines, Guarding of
overhead lines, Clearances of conductor
from ground, Spacing between supports
conductors,
4.5 I.E. rules pertaining to LV
Transmission lines
4e. Draw layout of
overhead distribution line.
4f. Prepare plan of
overhead distribution project
work.
4g. Determine main
components and specification
of overhead distribution
system.
4h. Estimate quantity of
material and cost required for
a overhead distribution
project work.
4i. List Types of service
connections
4.6 Describe Method of installation of
service connection(1-phase and 3-phase),
observing I.E. rules
4.7 Overhead distribution system.
4.8 Materials and accessories required
for the overhead distribution system.
4.9 Estimate for 440 V, 3-phase, 4
wires or 3 wires overhead distribution
system.
4.10 Types of service connections
4.11 Method of installation of service
connection(1-phase and 3-phase),
4.12 I.E. rules pertaining to overhead
lines and service connection
4j. Draw layout of
underground distribution
system.
4k. Prepare plan of
underground distribution
project work.
4l. Determine main
components and specification
4.13 Underground distribution system.
4.14 Materials and accessories required
for underground distribution system.
4.15 Estimate for 440 V, 3-phase, 4
wires or 3 wires underground distribution
system.
4.16 I.E. rules pertaining to
underground system and service
Wiring estimating, Costing and Contracting Course Code: 3350901
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
4
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
(outcomes in Cognitive Domain) Topics and Sub-topics
of underground distribution
system.
4m. Estimate quantity of
material and cost required for
a overhead distribution
project work.
connection.
Unit-V
Estimating
and Costing
of Repairs
and
Maintenance
of Electrical
Devices and
Equipment
5a Survey market for
cost of products and parts.
5b Prepare drawing of
products
5c Prepare cost table for
new product
5d Prepare cost table for
repair and maintenance of
electric fan, automatic
electric iron, single phase
transformer, mixer grinder,
D.O.L. Starter.
5e List Tools used for repairs
& maintenance work
5.1 D.O.L. starter, small motor, mono
block pump, automatic electric iron,
table/ceiling fan, ICDP/ICTP Switch, etc.
5.2 Preparation of detailed drawing
work of the product.
5.3 Preparation of material quantity
sheet for the product.
5.4 Materials and cost required for
maintenance work.
5.5 Estimation of repairing cost and
overall cost.
5.6 Tools used for repairs &
maintenance work Preparation of cost
schedule for repair and maintenance of
electric fan, automatic electric iron,
single phase transformer, mixer grinder,
D.O.L. Starter.
6. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS AND MARKS (THEORY)
Unit
No.
Unit Title Teaching
Hours
Distribution of Theory Marks
R
Level
U
Level
A
Level
Total
Marks
I Electrical Wiring 6 04 04 02 10
II Elements of Estimating and
concepts of contracting. 6 04 04 02 10
III Estimating and Costing of
Domestic and Industrial Wiring 8 04 05 06 15
IV Estimation of Transmission line,
Overhead and Underground
Distribution System
14 05 10 10 25
V Estimating and Costing of Repairs
and Maintenance of Electrical
Devices and Equipment
8 02 04 04 10
Total 42 19 27 24 70 Legends: R = Remembrance; U = Understanding; A = Application and above levels (Revised Bloom’s
taxonomy)
Note: This specification table shall be treated as a general guideline for students and teachers. The actual
distribution of marks in the question paper may vary slightly from above table.
7. SUGGESTED LIST OF EXERCISES/PRACTICALS
Wiring estimating, Costing and Contracting Course Code: 3350901
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
5
The practical/exercises should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to
develop different types of skills (outcomes in psychomotor and affective domain) so that
students are able to acquire the competencies/course outcomes. Following is the list of
practical exercises for guidance.
Note: outcomes in psychomotor domain are listed here as practical/exercises. However, if
these practical/exercises are completed appropriately, they would also lead to
development of certain outcomes in affective domain which would in turn lead to
development of Course Outcomes related to affective domain. Thus over all development of
Programme Outcomes (as given in a common list at the beginning of curriculum document
for this programme) would be assured.
Faculty members should refer to that common list and should ensure that students also
acquire outcomes in affective domain which are required for overall achievement of
Programme Outcomes/Course Outcomes.
S.
No.
Unit
No.
Practical/Exercises
(outcomes in psychomotor domain) Approx.
Hrs.
1 I Undertake following wirings
a. Tube light wiring
b. Stair case wiring
c. Go down wiring
d. Parallel loop wiring.
4
2 I Select appropriate wiring and list materials and accessories
for given project
2
3 II Prepare a tender notice for given project work 2
4 III Prepare cost estimate of a domestic installation cost
(Residential building, laboratory room or Drawing hall etc).
4
5 III Prepare cost estimate of an industrial installation. (workshop,
agriculture, flour mill, etc.)
4
6 IV Prepare cost estimate of an overhead service connection.
(single phase and three phase).
4
7 IV Prepare cost estimate of an underground service connection
(single phase and three phase).
4
8 IV Estimate of material and specifications required for
220kV/110kV Transmission line.
4
9 IV Estimate of material and specifications required for overhead,
440 V, 3-phase, 4 wire or 3 wire distribution line.
4
10 V Estimate of material and specifications of any one Electrical
Product
4
11 V Estimate of material and specifications of repairs and
maintenance of any one domestic appliance
4
Total Hours (perform any practical worth 28 hours from above depending
upon the availability of resources so that most units are covered) 40
8. SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES
Wiring estimating, Costing and Contracting Course Code: 3350901
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
6
Following is the list of proposed student activities like:
i. Prepare journals based on practical performed in laboratory.
ii. Assignments on solving numericals
iii. Reads drawing of electrical installation and calculates quantity of material required
for various electric installation and power projects
iv. Writes specifications and selection of the material required for various electric
projects.
v. Checks bills of contractor (s) for payment by referring schedule of rates described by
electricity authorities.
vi. Survey and collect rates for various items of works.
vii. Gather Electrical work tender notices from news paper and read and interpret it.
9. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES (if any)
Field / industrial visit
10. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
A) List of Books
S.
No.
Title of Book Author Publication
1. Electrical Design,
estimating & Costing
Raina, K. B. and
Bhattacharya,S.K.
New Age International (p)
Limited, New Delhi
2. Electrical Estimating & costing Uppal, S L New Age International (p)
Limited, New Delhi
3. Electrical Installation Estimating
& Costing
Gupta, J.B. S. K. Kataria & Sons, New
Delhi
4. Relevant IS Code for-service line
connection, laying of cable, wiring
installation
NBC National Building Code-
Vol. IV
5. I.E. rules for wiring, Electricity
supply act-1948.
Bureau of Indian
Standards
Electricity supply act-1948.
B) List of Major Equipment/ Instrument with Broad Specifications
i. Different wiring Tools and wiring material – 1 Set
ii. DOL starter – 1 No.
iii. Star delta starter – 1 No.
iv. Auto transformer starter – 1 No.
v. Monoblock pump – 1 No.
vi. Automatic electric iron – 1 No.
vii. Table/ceiling fan – 1 No.
viii. ICDP/ICTP – 1 No.
ix. Automatic electric iron, – 1 No.
x. Single phase transformer – 1 No.
xi. Mixer grinder – 1 No.
C) List of Software/Learning Websites
Wiring estimating, Costing and Contracting Course Code: 3350901
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
7
i. www.vlab.com
ii. www.nptel.iitm.ac.in
11. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
Prof. V. R. Kotdawala, Lecturer in Electrical Engineering, Government Polytechnic,
Himatnagar
Prof. A. A. Amin, Lecturer in Electrical Engineering, Government Polytechnic,
Vadnagar.
Coordinator and Faculty Members from NITTTR Bhopal
Prof. Walkey, A.S Associate Professor, Department of Electrical and Electronics
Engineering,
Dr. Joshua Earnest, Professor, Department of Electrical and Electronics
Engineering,
Energy Conservation & Audit Course Code: 3350902
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
1
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT
COURSE CURRICULUM
COURSE TITLE: ENERGY CONSERVATION & AUDIT
(COURSE CODE: 3350902)
Diploma Programme in which this course is offered
Semester in which offered
Electrical Engineering 5th
Semester
1. RATIONALE
The consumption of energy is increasing day by day. One way to cope up with the increase in
energy demand is to increase the production of energy which demands more investment and
the other way is to conserve the energy because energy conserved/saved is energy generated.
Energy conservation means reduction in energy consumption but not compromising with the
quality or quantity of energy production. Essential theoretical and practical knowledge about
the concept of energy conservation, energy management, different approaches of energy
conservation in industries, economic aspects of energy conservation project and energy audit
and measuring instruments in commercial and industrial sector will be achieved by this
course.
2. LIST OF COMPETENCY
The course content should be taught and implemented with the aim to develop different types
of skills so that students are able to acquire following competency:
Plan and supervise for conservation of electrical energy
3. COURSE OUTCOMES
The theory should be taught and practical should be carried out in such a manner that students
are able to acquire different learning out comes in cognitive, psychomotor and affective
domain to demonstrate following course outcomes.
i. Identify the demand supply gap of energy in Indian scenario.
ii. Carry out energy audit of an industry/Organization.
iii. Draw the energy flow diagram of an industry and identify the energy wasted or a
waste stream.
iv. Select appropriate energy conservation method to reduce the wastage of energy
v. Evaluate the techno economic feasibility of the energy conservation technique
adopted.
Energy Conservation & Audit Course Code: 3350902
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
2
4. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme
(In Hours)
Total
Credits
(L+T+P)
Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical
Marks
Total
Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
150 4 0 2 6 70 30 20 30
Legends: L-Lecture; T – Tutorial/Teacher Guided Theory Practice; P - Practical; C – Credit, ESE - End
Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment.
5. COURSE DETAILS
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
(out comes in cognitive) Topics and Sub-topics
Unit – I
Elements of
Energy
Conservation
and
Management
1a. Explain general energy problem
in India
1b. Identify the scope for energy
conservation
1c. Explain the Concept of energy
conservation and its benefits
1.1 General energy problem, Sector
wise Energy consumption,
demand supply gap, Scope for
energy conservation and its
benefits
1.2 Energy conservation Principle –
Maximum energy efficiency,
Maximum cost effectiveness
1d. Explain Energy conservation act
2001 and with its Mandatory
provisions and features
1.3 Mandatory provisions of EC act
1.4 Features of EC act-Standards
and labeling, designated
consumers, Energy
Conservation Building Codes
(ECBC)
1e. Explain the concept of energy
management and its objectives
1f. Describe the initialization and
organizing energy management
program
1.5 Energy management concept
and objectives
1.6 Initializing Planning, Leading,
Controlling, Promoting,
Monitoring and Reporting.
energy management
programmes
Unit– II
Energy
Conservation
Approaches
In Industries
2a. Identify energy conservation
opportunities in various electrical
systems in industries
2b. List the energy saving
opportunities in electric motors
2c. Explain conservation of energy
achieved by improving pf and
harmonics
2.1 energy saving opportunities in
electric motors
2a. Benefits of Power factor
improvement and its
techniques-Shunt capacitor,
Synchronous Condenser etc.,
2b. Effects of harmonics on –
Motors, and remedies leading to
energy conservation
2d. Explain benefits of the listed
methods and techniques aiding to
conserve energy in lighting
systems, heating and Cooling
2.3 Energy conservation by VSD
2.4 Methods and techniques of
energy conservation in
ventilation and air conditioners
Energy Conservation & Audit Course Code: 3350902
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
3
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
(out comes in cognitive) Topics and Sub-topics
systems, Variable speed drive
(VSD) ?
2e. State the energy conservation
strategies in furnaces, ovens and
boilers
- compressors pumps, fans and
blowers
- Area Sealing, Insulating the
Heating / cooling fluid pipes ,
automatic door closing- Air
curtain, Thermostat / Control
2.4 Energy conservation in electric
furnaces, ovens and boilers
2f. State the energy conservation
strategies in electric lighting
2.5 lighting techniques – Natural ,
CFL, LED lighting sources and
fittings
Unit– III
Techno-
economic
Evaluation of
Energy
Conservation
Option
3a. Describe circumstances that need
capital investments for energy
conservation in any plan
3b. Calculate the cost of energy
conservation project
3c. Calculate the depreciation cost
using sinking fund method
3d. Calculate the payback period for
a given energy conservation
equipment
3e. Evaluate a energy conservation
project based on risk analysis
3.1 New equipment, technology,
staffing, training
3.2 Calculation and costing of
energy conservation project.
3.3 Depreciation cost, sinking fund
method.
3.4 Cost evaluation by Return On
Investment(ROI) and pay back
method etc.
3.5 Risk analysis
3.6 Case study.
Unit– IV
Energy
Conservation
in Power
Generation,
Transmission
and
Distribution:
4a. Identify scope of energy
conservation in Generation
4b. Explain Demand side
management and its significance
in energy conservation
Explain Energy conservation
measures to optimize
Transmission and distribution
losses
4.1 Performance improvement of
existing power plant: co-
generation , small hydro ,DG
Set
4.2 .Demand side management
4.3 Load response programmes
4.4 Types of tariff and restructuring
of electric tariff
Technical measures to optimize
T and D losses
Unit– V
Energy Audit
5a. Explain the concept of energy
audit and its benefits
5b. Draw energy flow diagram to
identify waste stream and energy
wastage
5c. State the types of energy audits
5d. Describe the methodology for
preliminary & detailed energy
audit
5e. Describe energy audit report with
a simple example
5f. Enlist the Measurements and
5.1 Energy audit and its benefits,
5.2 Energy flow diagram
5.3 Preliminary, Detailed energy
audit.
5.4 Methodology of
-preliminary energy audit and
Detailed energy audit – Phase I,
Pre audit, Phase II- Audit and
Phase III- Post audit
5.5 Energy audit report.
5.6 Electrical Measuring
Instruments - Power Analyser,
Energy Conservation & Audit Course Code: 3350902
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
4
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
(out comes in cognitive) Topics and Sub-topics
measuring instruments used in
energy audit
5g. Describe IE rules and regulations
for energy audit
Describe Electricity act 2003
Combustion analyzer, fuel
efficiency monitor,
thermometer-contact, infrared,
pitot tube and manometer, water
flowmeter, leak detector,
tachometer and luxmeter
5.7 IE rules and regulations for
energy audit
Electricity act(Numerical)
6. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS and MARKS
(THEORY)
Unit
No.
Unit Title Teaching
Hours
Distribution of Theory Marks
R
Level
U
Level
A
Level
Total
Marks
I Elements of Energy Conservation
And Management 08
02
03
03 08
II Energy Conservation Approaches
In Industries
16 06 08 04 18
III Technoeconomic Evaluation of
Energy Conservation Option
12 05 05 06 16
IV Energy Conservation In Power
Generation, Transmission And
Distribution
10
04 06 04 14
V Energy Audit 10 06 02 06 14
Total 56 23 24 23 70 Legends: R = Remembrance; U = Understanding; A = Application and above levels (Revised Bloom’s
taxonomy)
Note: This specification table shall be treated as a general guideline for students and teachers. The actual
distribution of marks in the question paper may vary slightly from above table.
7. SUGGESTED LIST OF EXERCISES/PRACTICALS
The tutorial/practical/exercises should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt
to develop different types of cognitive and practical skills (Outcomes in cognitive,
psychomotor and affective domain) so that students are able to acquire the competencies.
Note: Here only outcomes in psychomotor domain are listed as practical/exercises. However,
if these practical/exercises are completed appropriately, they would also lead to development
of Programme Outcomes/Course Outcomes in affective domain as given in a common list at
the beginning of curriculum document for this program. Faculty should refer to that common
list and should ensure that students also acquire those Programme Outcomes/Course
Outcomes related to affective domain
Energy Conservation & Audit Course Code: 3350902
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
5
Following is the list of experiments for guidance.
S.
No.
Unit
No.
Practical Exercises
(Major Outcomes in psychomotor domain) Hrs.
required
1 I List various energy management systems prevailing in a
particular industry/Organization 2
2 I Identify the energy management skills and strategies in the
energy management system 2
3 I Organize a energy management programme in a given industry 4
4 II List the various energy conservation methods useful in a
particular industry 2
5 II Identify the critical areas where energy conservation is
required 4
6 II Select appropriate energy conservation method for the critical
area identified 4
7 III List the various energy conservation methods useful in power
generation, transmission and distribution 2
8 IV Find out the payback period for a given energy conservation
equipment 4
9 IV Determine depreciation cost of a given energy conservation
project/equipment 4
10 V Draw the energy flow diagram for a industry/shop floor
division 4
11 V Identify various measuring instruments used for energy audit 4
12 V Use various measuring instruments for carrying out energy
audit 4
13 V Prepare a sample energy audit questionnaire 2
14 V Prepare a energy audit report 2
15 Prepare a technical report on energy conservation act 2003 2
16 Prepare a technical report on ECBC 2
Total (perform any practical worth 28 hours from above depending upon the
availability of resources so that most units are covered) 48
8. SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES
Following is the list of proposed student activities:
i. Assignments on solving simple numericals
ii. Prepare a report based on a survey of at least two nearby industries on energy
conservation measures adopted by them using questionnaire
iii. Carry out a survey on internet and prepare a report on energy conservation act and
ECBC
9. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES (if any)
Carry out detailed energy audit of your Institute or any other official building.
Energy Conservation & Audit Course Code: 3350902
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
6
10. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
A) List of Books
S.
No.
Title of Book Author Publication
1. Electric Energy
Generation, Utilisation
and Conservation
Sivaganaraju, S Pearson, New Delhi, 2012
2. Electrical Power V. K. Mehta Khanna and Khanna
Publishers, New Dehli
3. Electrical Power S. L. Uppal Khanna and Khanna
Publishers, New Dehli
4. Art and Science of
utilization
of Electrical Energy
H. Partab Dhanapat Rai and Sons, New
Dehli
5. Prasanna Chandra Project Management Tata Mcgraw Hill, New Delhi
6. Prasanna Chandra Financial Management Tata Mcgraw Hill, New Delh
7. Wayne C. Turner
Energy Management
Handbook
-
8. Paul O Callaghan Energy management Mcgraw Hill, New Delhi
9. www.bee-india.com Fundamentals of
electrical
system
Bureau of Energy
Efficiency
B) List of Major Equipment/ Instrument with Broad Specifications
Sl.
No.
Measuring instruments
1. Anemometer
2. Lux Meter
3. Power Analyzer
4. Turbine Flow Meter
5. Thermometer (Contact / Non-contact type)
6. Tachometer (Contact / Non-contact type)
7. Pressure Gauges
8. Ammeter (AC / DC)
9. Voltmeter (AC / DC) Mandatory
10. Power Factor meter
11. Tong Tester
12. Earth Tester
13. Energy meter
14. Tri-vector meter
15. Stroboscope
Energy Conservation & Audit Course Code: 3350902
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
7
16. Multimeter
17. Pitot tube and manometer
18. Water Flow Meter
19. Leak Detector
C) List of Software/Learning Websites
i. www.bee. com
ii. www.nptel.iitm.ac.in
11. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
Prof. S. V. Jagani, Lecturer in Electrical Engineering, Govt. Polytechnic, Dahod
Prof. T. A. Patel, Lecturer in Electrical Engineering, Govt. Polytechnic, Dahod
Prof. H C Chawda, Lecturer in Electrical Engineering, R C Technical Institute,
Ahmedabad
Coordinator and Faculty Members from NITTTR Bhopal
Dr (Mrs.) C. S. Rajeshwari, Professor, Department of Electrical and Electronics
Engineering,
Dr. Joshua Earnest, Professor, Department of Electrical and Electronics
Engineering,
Power Electronics Course Code: 3350903
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
1
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT
COURSE CURRICULUM
COURSE TITLE: POWER ELECTRONICS
(COURSE CODE: 3350903)
Diploma Programme in which this course is offered
Semester in which offered
Electrical Engineering 5th
Semester
1. RATIONALE
Nowadays all the modern electrical machines are controlled by power electronics devices and
methods. The function of power electronics is to process and control the electric power by
supplying voltage and current in a form that is optimally suited to the load. With the
advancement of power electronics devices the conventional control and relays are now
replaced by electronic control and relays, employing solid state power semiconductor devices.
This course is therefore designed so that the diploma engineers will be able to use power
electronics for controlling AC and DC power in various applications. Essential theoretical and
practical knowledge to use power electronics to control electrical machines in commercial and
industrial sector will be achieved by this course.
2. LIST OF COMPETENCY
The course content should be taught and implemented with the aim to develop required skills
so that students are able to acquire following competency:
Use power electronics for controlling AC and DC Power in various applications.
3. COURSE OUTCOMES
The theory should be taught and practical should be undertaken in such a manner that
students are able to acquire different learning outcomes in cognitive, psychomotor and
affective domains to demonstrate the following course outcomes:
i. Use power semiconductor devices in different applications.
ii. Maintain SCR Protection and Commutating Circuits.
iii. Troubleshoot chopper circuits.
iv. Maintain inverters and cyclo-converter circuits.
v. Maintain power electronic circuits used in various domestic and industrial
applications.
Power Electronics Course Code: 3350903
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
2
4. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme
(In Hours)
Total
Credits
(L+T+P)
Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical
Marks
Total
Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
150 4 0 2 6 70 30 20 30
Legends: L-Lecture; T – Tutorial/Teacher Guided Theory Practice; P - Practical; C – Credit, ESE - End
Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment.
5. COURSE DETAILS
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
(in cognitive domain) Topics and Sub-topics
Unit – I
Power Semi
Conductor
Devices and
Controlled
Rectifier
1a. Classify Thyristor family.
1b. Explain the working of
various power electronics
devices with sketches
1c. Explain various polyphase
uncontrolled rectifiers with
sketches and waveforms
1d. Explain the Effects of
transformer reactance
1e. Compare the difference in
working of the single phase
half wave, full wave controlled
rectifiers using SCR, UJT and
Phase shift circuits
1f. Explain the working Principle
of A.C. load control & of pulse
transformer
1.1 Classification of Thyristor
family.
1.2 Working, of SCR, IGBT ,GTO,
MCT, DIAC and TRIAC
1.3 Three phase half wave, full
wave or bridge rectifier and Six
phase half wave rectifier.
1.4 Effect of transformer reactance.
1.5 Single phase half wave and full
wave controlled rectifiers using
SCR, UJT & phase shift circuits.
1.6 Working of pulse transformer.
1.7 Principle of A.C. load control.
Unit– II
SCR
Protection
and
Commutatin
g Circuits
2a. Justify the need of SCR
protections.
2b. Describe working of snubber
circuit, freewheeling diode,
thermistor and heat sink for
SCR.
2c. State the need to turn off SCR.
2d. Differentiate various types of
commutation methods with
sketches
2e. Use SCR datasheets for the
given parameters
2.1 Need of SCR protections : Over
voltage and over current
protection.
2.2 Snubber circuit, freewheeling
diode, Thermistor, heat sink.
2.3 Turn off (commutation) method
and types-Natural commutation,
Forced commutation, Series
resonance/ current commutation,
Voltage commutation.
2.4 Auxiliary SCR for commutation.
2.5 External pulse commutation.
2.6 Specifications of SCR: Voltage,
current, Power, temperature,
dv/dt and di/dt
Power Electronics Course Code: 3350903
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
3
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
(in cognitive domain) Topics and Sub-topics
Unit– III
Choppers
3a. Explain the working principle
of Chopper and its applications
3b. Compare the salient features of
different types of choppers
3c. With sketches compare the
working of Jone’s Chopper and
Morgan's chopper
3.1 Function and working of
choppers
3.2 Types of chopper circuits: A
type to E-type
3.3 Jone’s chopper circuit
3.4 Morgan's chopper
Unit– IV
Inverters
and
Cycloconver
ter
4a. Explain basic working principle
of inverter
4b. Classify inverters
4c. With sketches, explain the
working of inverter circuit using
transistors and SCR.
4d. Distinguish the working of
series and parallel inverters
using SCR.
4e. Describe pulse width
modulation technique and its
techniques
4.1 Working principle of inverter
4.2 Classification of inverter-
phase and 3-phase inverters,
Line commutated and forced
commutated inverters
Series, Parallel and bridge
inverter
4.3 Series and parallel inverter using
SCR
4.4 PWM method and PWM inverter
4.5 Single pulse width, Multiple
pulse width and Sinusoidal pulse
width modulation
4f. Explain the working principle
of cyclo-converter.
4g. Compare the salient features of
various types of cyclo-
converters.
4.6 Operating principle of cyclo
converter.
4.7 types of cyclo-converters :
Single phase to single phase
cyclo converter,
Single phase to bridge cyclo
converter.
Unit-V
Other
Industrial
Applications
of Power
Electronic
Devices
5a. With sketches, explain the
speed control of - a DC series
motor using SCR chopper
circuit & D.C. Motor using
armature voltage control, D.C.
drive using PLL method.
5b. With sketches, describe the use
of power electronics for speed
control of universal motor.
5.1 With sketches, describe the use
of power electronics for speed
control methods of induction
motor such as stator voltage
control, frequency control,
Power factor control method.
AC drives.
5c. With sketches, describe the use
of power electronics devices in
heating resistance welding static
circuit breaker and time-delay
circuit applications.
5.2 Speed control of D.C. Motor
using armature voltage control.
5.3 Speed control of D.C. Motor
using SCR chopper circuit.
5.4 Speed control of D.C. drive using
PLL method.
5.5 Speed control of universal motor.
5.6 Different types of speed control
methods for induction motor such
as stator voltage control,
frequency control, Power factor
control method.
5.7 Heating control, resistance
welding, static circuit breaker and
time delay circuits.
Power Electronics Course Code: 3350903
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
4
6. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS and MARKS (THEORY)
Unit
No.
Unit Title Teaching
Hours
Distribution of Theory Marks
R
Level
U
Level
A
Level
Total
Marks
I Semi conductor devices and
Controlled Rectifier
12 8 3 3 14
II SCR Protection and Commutating
circuits
16 12 4 4 20
III Choppers 6 4 2 2 8
IV Inverters and Cyclo converter 14 10 4 4 18
V Other Industrial applications of
Power Electronic Devices
8 2 2 6 10
Total 56 36 15 19 70 Legends: R = Remembrance; U = Understanding; A = Application and above levels (Revised Bloom’s
taxonomy)
Note: This specification table shall be treated as a general guideline for students and teachers. The actual
distribution of marks in the question paper may vary slightly from above table.
7. SUGGESTED LIST OF EXERCISES/PRACTICALS
The practical/exercises should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to
develop different types of skills (outcomes in psychomotor and affective domain) so that
students are able to acquire the competencies/course outcomes. Following is the list of
practical exercises for guidance.
Note: outcomes in psychomotor domain are listed here as practical/exercises. However, if
these practical/exercises are completed appropriately, they would also lead to
development of certain outcomes in affective domain which would in turn lead to
development of Course Outcomes related to affective domain. Thus over all development of
Programme Outcomes (as given in a common list at the beginning of curriculum document
for this programme) would be assured.
Faculty members should refer to that common list and should ensure that students also
acquire outcomes in affective domain which are required for overall achievement of
Programme Outcomes/Course Outcomes.
S.
No.
Unit
No.
Practical Exercises
(outcomes in Psychomotor Domain)
Approx
Hours.
1 I Wire the three phase half wave rectifier & test the
performance. 2
2 I Wire the three phase full wave rectifier & test the
performance. 2
3 I Wire the Bridge rectifier & test the performance. 2
4 I Check the performance of six phase half wave rectifier. 2
5 I Analyze poly phase rectifier circuit performance through
simulation 2
6 I Test the performance of IGBT 2
Power Electronics Course Code: 3350903
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
5
S.
No.
Unit
No.
Practical Exercises
(outcomes in Psychomotor Domain)
Approx
Hours.
7 I Test the performance of GTO 2
8 I Test the performance of MCT 2
9 I Compare the ratings and packages of IGBT, GTO, MCT
using data sheet. 2
10 I Test the performance of TRIAC for AC load control 2
11 I Use R-C phase shift net work for firing angle Control of
single phase controlled rectifier. 2
12 II Troubleshoot Snubber circuits 2
13 II Troubleshoot SCR commutating circuits. 2
14 III Troubleshoot chopper circuits with load. 2
15 III Perform test the DC motor for speed control using
appropriate chopper circuit 2
16 III Simulate chopper circuit, observe and print the various
wave forms. 2
17 IV Build/test parallel inverter using two SCRs. 2
18 IV Test IC TL494 for PWM. 2
19 IV Test 1-φ Cyclo-converter for different output frequencies. 2
20 V Build Time delay relay circuit using UJT and SCR. 2
21 V Test the Speed control of universal motor using SCR-UJT
circuit. 2
22 V Test the Speed control of DC motor using chopper circuits. 2
23 V Test the Speed control of 3 phase induction motor using
solid state devices. 2
24 V Test the Speed control of motor using PLL method. 2
Total Hours (perform any practical worth 28 hours from above depending
upon the availability of resources so that most units are covered) 48
8. SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES
Following is the list of proposed student activities like:
i. Prepare journals based on practical performed in laboratory.
ii. Prepare a report on various types of drives used in nearby industries.
iii. Assignments on solving numerical
iv. Prepare chart displaying various Power semiconductor devices and their symbols
v. Simulate various circuits in syllabus and take print out of various wave forms.
vi. Make a market survey for various types of thyristors available in market.
vii. Present a dynamic animations prepared or collected from the internet to illustrate the
following:
• Working principle of inverter
• Working principle of PWM inverter
• Working principle of chopper
Power Electronics Course Code: 3350903
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
6
9. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES (if any)
i. Visit nearby industries to see the industrial applications of Power
semiconductor devices and circuits
10. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
A) List of Books
S.
No. Title of Book Author Publication
1. Power Electronics Rashid, Muhammad H. PHI Learning, New Delhi latest
edition
2. Power Electronics Gupta, B. R., Singhal
V.,
S.K. Kataria and sons, New Delhi
3. Power Electronics Singh,M. D. K.
Khanchandani, B.
Tata Mc. Graw Hill, New Delhi
4. Power Electronics Bimbhra, P.S. Khanna Publisher, New Delhi
latest edition
5. Industries and power
Electronics
Rai, H.C. Umesh Publications. New Delhi
latest edition
6. Fundamentals of
electric drives
Dubey, G. K. Narosa Publishing house New
Delhi latest edition
7.
Electric drives-
concepts and
applications
Subramanyan, V. Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi
latest edition
B) List of Major Equipment/Instrument with Broad Specifications
S. No. Item and Specifications
1 DIAC, TRAIC, SCR, IGBT, GTO and MCT - 5 Nos. each of current rating at least
20 amps or above
2 Trainer Kits for testing the V-I characteristics of the following - 2 Nos. each:
a) DIAC
b) TRAIC
c) SCR
d) Power transistor
e) Power MOSFET
f) IGBT
g) GTO
h) MCT
3 Trainer kit to check the performance for different types of loads of the following -
2 Nos. each:
a) 3-phase uncontrolled half wave rectifier
b) 3-phase uncontrolled full wave rectifier
4 Trainer kit to check the performance using R, RL and RLC Load of the following
- 2 Nos. each:
Power Electronics Course Code: 3350903
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
7
S. No. Item and Specifications
a) Fully controlled three phase half wave converter
b) Fully controlled three phase Full wave converter
5 Trainer kit to check the performance of Three-phase semi-converter using R, RL
and RLC Load of the following - 2 Nos.
6 Chopper Trainer kit to check the performance of the following for different types
of loads - 2 Nos. each:
a) IGBT Based Chopper Circuit
b) Jones Chopper Trainer Circuit
c) Morgan Chopper Trainer Circuit
7 Trainer kit to check the performance for different types of loads of the following -
2 Nos. each:
a) Offline inverter
b) Online inverter
8 Trainer kit to check the performance for different types of loads of the following -
2 Nos. each:
a) Class A Load Commutation
b) Class B Resonant Pulse Commutation
c) Class C Complementary Commutation
d) Class D Impulse or Auxiliary SCR commutation
e) Class F Line or natural Commutation
9 Electric DC Drive Trainer consisting of the following controlling schemes - set:
a) Speed control of dc DC shunt motor using single phase fully controlled
converter
b) Speed control of DC shunt motor using three phase fully controlled
converter
c) Armature and field control of DC shunt motor
d) Speed control of DC shunt motor using SCR dual converter
e) Thyristor chopper for DC motor drive
f) DC series motor controller using jones chopper
10 Experimental set up to perform Speed control of a 3 phase WRIM using Kramer
drive - 1 set
11 Experimental set up to perform Speed control of a 3 phase induction motor using
v/f method - 1 set
12 Experimental set up to perform speed control of a DC shunt motor using open
loop and PID control system through computer interfacing - 1 set
13 3 Phase Power Analyzer 3 Nos. with the following specifications:
3 phase/1 phase measurement-
True RMS Voltage 600/1200 V
True RMS Current 80 A,
Power measurement (Active, reactive and apparent power),
Power factor measurement,
Frequency Measurement,
RS-232 serial communication,
LCD display
Power Electronics Course Code: 3350903
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
8
C) List of Software/Learning Websites
i. www.nptel.iitm.ac.in
ii. www.youtube (lectures on Power electronics)
iii. www.howstuffworks.com
iv. www.alldatasheet.com
v. MATLAB/SIMULINK
vi. Psim
vii. Electronics Work bench
11. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
Prof. H. C. Chawda, Lecturer in Electrical Engineering, RC Technical Institute,
Ahmedabad.
Prof. R.D. Panchal, Lecturer in Electrical Engineering, RC Technical Institute,
Ahmedabad
Dr. A.S. Pandya, HOD in Electrical Engineering, G.P. Rajkot.
Prof. K. K. Kansara, Lecturer in Electrical Engg., NMGPI Ranpur
Coordinator and Faculty Members from NITTTR Bhopal
Dr (Mrs.) C. S. Rajeshwari Professor and Head, Department of Electrical and
Electronics Engineering,
Prof. Joshua Earnest, Professor, Department of Electrical and Electronics
Engineering,
Microprocessor and Microcontroller Applications Course Code: 3350904
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
1
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT
COURSE CURRICULUM
COURSE TITLE: MICROPROCESSOR AND CONTROLLER APPLICATIONS
(COURSE CODE: 3350904)
Diploma Programme in which this course is offered
Semester in which offered
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 5th
Semester
1. RATIONALE
In modern process industries and power stations use of microprocessor, microcontroller, PLC
is very common in order to control, monitor and process various parameters and data.
Microprocessor and Microcontroller is specialized and essential field where the industries
need highly skilled manpower. Hence this course is designed to develop skills to maintain
microprocessor based system and the programming practices will develop the skills to
indigenous real time applications.
2. LIST OF COMPETENCY
The course content should be taught and implemented with the aim to develop required skills
in students so that they are able to acquire following competency:
Maintain Microprocessor, Microcontroller, PLC and SCADA-based electrical
systems
3. COURSE OUTCOMES
The theory should be taught and practical should be undertaken in such a manner that
students are able to acquire different learning outcomes in cognitive, psychomotor and
affective domains to demonstrate the following course outcomes:
i. Distinguish Micro processors, microcontrollers and PLC based control systems.
ii. Maintain microprocessor-based systems.
iii. Maintain microcontroller-based systems.
iv. Maintain PLC-based systems.
v. Maintain SCADA-based systems.
4. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme
(In Hours)
Total
Credits
(L+T+P)
Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical
Marks
Total
Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
150 4 0 2 6 70 30 20 30
Legends: L-Lecture; T – Tutorial/Teacher Guided Theory Practice; P - Practical; C – Credit, ESE - End
Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment.
Microprocessor and Microcontroller Applications Course Code: 3350904
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
2
5. COURSE CONTENT DETAILS
Unit Major Learning Outcomes (outcomes in Cognitive Domain)
Topics and Sub-topics
UNIT – I
Control
Systems
Components
1a. Describe basic control actions
1b. Differentiate open and closed loop
of control systems
1.1 Role of control system in
instrumentation
1.2 Open and close loop control
system, types and Block
diagram
1c. Explain servomechanism and
regulator circuits
1.3 Servomechanism and
regulators with suitable
examples
1d. Define the following: Derivative,
Integral control, Proportional
derivative (PD), Proportional
integral (PI), P Proportional
integral and Derivative (PID)
control
1.4 Basic control actions - On-off,
Proportional, Derivative,
Integral control, Proportional
derivative (PD), Proportional
integral (PI), P Proportional
integral and Derivative (PID)
control
1e. Explain working principle &
application of basic control system
components
1.5 Basic control system
components –AC/ DC Servo
motor, AC/ DC Tacho
generator, Stepper motor and
Synchro
Unit– II
Basics of
Microprocessor
2a. Describe functions of each block
of generalize microprocessors
2b. List Advantages and
disadvantages of microprocessor
control
2.1 Introduction to microprocessor
2.2 Advantages and disadvantages
of microprocessor control
2c. Explicate microprocessor
architecture with the help of
suitable block diagram
2d. Describe memory organization of
8085 microprocessor.
2e. Explain importance of timing and
control section
2.3 Structure of micro processor,
Generalized architecture of
microprocessor, Functions of
each block
2.4 Functional block diagram of
8085 microprocessor with pin
diagram, logical block
diagram of 8085
microprocessor-Registers,
ALU, memory organization,
decoder, serial control section,
interrupt section, timing and
control section
2f. Classify instruction set of 8085
microprocessor
2g. Develop Basic assembly language
program using basic instruction
for the given application.
2h. Explain following with the help of
timing diagram :
machine cycle, T-state
2.5 Assembly language
Programming of 8085,
Addressing Modes, Instruction
classification, Instruction
formats
2.6 Basic Assembly Language
programming ( only simple
arithmetic operations-addition,
Microprocessor and Microcontroller Applications Course Code: 3350904
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
3
Unit Major Learning Outcomes (outcomes in Cognitive Domain)
Topics and Sub-topics
subtraction)
Unit– III
Basics of
Microcontroller 8051
3a. Compare microcontrollers and
microprocessors
3b. Explain 8051 architecture with
block diagram
3c. Describe the function of each
pins of 8051 chip
3d. Explain registers and their
functions of 8051
3.1 Microcontrollers and
microprocessors
3.2 Pin diagram of 8051
microcontroller
3.3 Internal RAM, ROM and
Special function Registers in
8051chip
3e. Program the I/O ports for data
transfer
3f. Program the timer and counter for
required time delay generation.
3g. Program the I/O ports for
interfacing external memory
3.4 I/O ports
3.5 Counters and Timers
3.6 Interfacing with external
memory
Unit–IV
Microprocessor
and
Microcontroller
Applications
4a. Compare various types of
semiconductor memories
4b. Explain interfacing of
microprocessor with memory
4c. Describe function of 8255 with
the help of suitable block diagram
4.1 Different types of memories:
ROM, RAM, PROM,
EPROM, EEPROM
4.2 Schematic diagram of
memory chips decoder,
memory interfacing.
4.3 Memory I/O data transfer
scheme for 8255.
4d. Describe use of
microprocessor/microcontroller
for switch and LEDs control.
4e. Describe use of
microprocessor/microcontroller
for temperature control of furnace
4f. Describe use of
microprocessor/microcontroller
for Traffic light controller
4g. Describe use of microprocessor
for SCR firing angle control
4h. Draw block diagram explaining
Data acquisition system
4.4 Interfacing of switches and
LEDs
4.5 Simple applications of
microprocessor and
Microcontroller for
temperature control of
furnace, Traffic light control
and SCR firing angle control
using micro processor, Data
acquisition system.
Unit-V
Programmable
Logic
Controller
And SCADA
5a. Explain working of each module
of PLC
5b. State the criteria for the selection
of PLC for the given application
5.1 PLC:CPU, I/O modules, bus
system, power supplies and
remote I/Os, counter, timer
5.2 Different PLC's available in
market
5.3 Selection of a PLC
5c. Describe SCADA functions 5.4 SCADA- Concept and
Application
Microprocessor and Microcontroller Applications Course Code: 3350904
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
4
6. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS and MARKS (THEORY)
Unit
No.
Unit Title Teaching
Hours
Distribution of Theory Marks
R
Level
U
Level
A
Level
Total
Marks
I Control Systems components 10 04 04 04 12
II Basics of Microprocessor 12 03 04 08 15
III Basics of Microcontroller 8051 12 03 06 06 15
IV Microprocessor and Microcontroller
Applications 12 02 07 06 15
V Programmable Logic Controller
and SCADA 10 04 03 06 13
Total 56 16 24 30 70
Legends: R = Remember U = Understand; A = Apply and above levels (Bloom’s Revised Taxonomy)
Note: This specification table shall be treated as a general guideline for students and teachers. The actual
distribution of marks in the question paper may vary slightly from above table.
7. SUGGESTED LIST OF EXERCISES/PRACTICALS
The practical/exercises should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to
develop different types of skills (outcomes in psychomotor and affective domain) so that
students are able to acquire the competencies/course outcomes. Following is the list of
practical exercises for guidance.
Note: outcomes in psychomotor domain are listed here as practical/exercises. However, if
these practical/exercises are completed appropriately, they would also lead to
development of certain outcomes in affective domain which would in turn lead to
development of Course Outcomes related to affective domain. Thus over all development of
Programme Outcomes (as given in a common list at the beginning of curriculum document
for this programme) would be assured.
Faculty members should refer to that common list and should ensure that students also
acquire outcomes in affective domain which are required for overall achievement of
Programme Outcomes/Course Outcomes.
S. No. Unit
No.
Practical Exercises
(Outcomes’ in Psychomotor Domain) Hrs.
required
1 I Control angular displacement using Synchro. 2
2 I Regulate speed of DC motor using tacho generator. 2
3 II Develop assembly language program for arithmetic addition 2
Microprocessor and Microcontroller Applications Course Code: 3350904
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
5
S. No. Unit
No.
Practical Exercises
(Outcomes’ in Psychomotor Domain) Hrs.
required
of two numbers using µP 8085 kit.
4 II Develop assembly language program for arithmetic
subtraction of two numbers using µP 8085 kit.
2
5 II Develop assembly language program for arithmetic
multiplication of two numbers using µP 8085 kit.
2
6 III Interface seven segment LED display with 8051 kit.
7 III Interface LCD display with 8051 kit.
8 III Control speed of stepper motor using 8051 kit.
9 IV Interface programmable device like 8255 with µP 8085 2
10 IV Interface switches and LEDs using µP 8085 2
11 IV Control temperature using the 8085 application module 2
12 IV Use µP 8085 for SCR firing angle control. 2
13 IV Control Traffic light system using µP 8085 2
14 V Use arithmetic function of PLC for a typical application. 2
15 V Use timer function of PLC for a typical application(introduce
delay).
2
Total 30
8. SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES
Following is the list of proposed student activities like: i. Build various trainer kits for control system applications.
ii. Interface microprocessor and microcontroller with external devices for developing mini
project.
iii. Prepare flow chart and assembly language programming for basic arithmetic operations.
9. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES (if any)
i. Industrial visit to process industries.
ii. Programming practice on 8051, 8085 simulators
10. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
A) List of Books
S.
No.
Title of Book Author Publication
1. Microprocessor Architecture,
Programming and Applications
with 8085
Gaonkar, Ramesh S. Penram International
Publishing
(India)Pvt.Ltd. New
Delhi (5th
Edition) 2. Fundamentals of
Microprocessors and
Microcontrollers
Ram, B.
Dhanpat Rai
Publications, New Delhi
3. Microprocessors and
Interfacing Programming and
Hardware
Hall, Douglass V. TMH publication, New
Delhi, (latest Edition)
4. The 8051 Microcontroller
Architecture, Programming and
Applications
Ayala, Kenneth J. Penram International
Publishing (I) Pvt. Ltd.
New Delhi
Microprocessor and Microcontroller Applications Course Code: 3350904
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
6
S.
No.
Title of Book Author Publication
5. The 8051 Microcontroller and
Embedded Systems using
Assembly and C
Ali, Muhamad
Mazidi, Janice
Mazidi Gillispie,
Rolin D. Mckinleay
PHI Learning, New
Delhi, (latest Edition)
6. Programmable Logic
Controllers And Applications
Webb, John W
Ronald Reis. A.
Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, (latest Edition)
7. Control Systems Engineering Nagarath I. J.,
Gopal M.
New Age Publishers, New
Delhi, (latest Edition)
B) List of Major Equipment/ Instrument with Broad Specifications
i. Trainer kit of speed control and speed regulation of DC motor using Techo Generator.
ii. Trainer kit of Synchro transmitter and receiver.
iii. Microprocessor 8085 kit with necessary accessories.
iv. 8255 interfacing kit.
v. Microcontroller 8051 kit with necessary accessories.
vi. Kit for add on cards for performing different applications of PLC.
vii. Add on cards for interfacing different types of inputs and out puts.
viii. Power supply for above kits and applications
C) List of Software/Learning Websites
i. www.keil.com/
ii. www.allaboutcircuits.com
iii. www.nmbtc.com
iv. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/Webcourse-contents/IIT-
KANPUR/microcontrollers/micro/ui/Course_home1_1.htm
11. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
Prof. J C Gadani, Lecturer in Electrical Engineering, C U Shah Polytechnic,
Surendranagar.
Prof. B R Shrotriya, Lecturer in Electrical Engineering, Government Polytechnic,
Ahmedabad
Prof. H. I. Joshi, Lecturer in Electrical Engineering, Government Polytechnic,
Ahmedabad.
Prof. K. K. Kansara, Lecturer in Electrical Engineering, NMGPI Ranpur.
Coordinator and Faculty Members from NITTTR Bhopal
Dr.(Mrs.) Anjali Potnis, Assistant Professor, Department of Electrical and
Electronics Engineering
Electrical Traction and Control Course Code: 3350907
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
1
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT
COURSE CURRICULUM
COURSE TITLE: ELECTRIC TRACTION AND CONTROL
(COURSE CODE: 3350907)
Diploma Programme in which this course is offered
Semester in which offered
Electrical Engineering 5th
Semester
1. RATIONALE
The country is leading towards the railway electrification and also moving towards metro,
monorail system. The diploma student is required to know about the electric traction scheme
and its latest trends. This subject is offered as one of the elective, highlighting the current and
future trends in traction systems, auxiliary equipment, electric locomotives, control of traction
motors and future-trends. The Diploma pass student with this elective will be able to maintain
the traction systems, auxiliary equipment, electric locomotives and traction motors.
2. LIST OF COMPETENCY
The course content should be taught and implemented with the aim to develop different types
of skills so that students are able to acquire following competency:
Maintain traction systems, auxiliary equipment, electric locomotives and
traction motors.
3. COURSE OUTCOMES
The theory should be taught and practical should be undertaken in such a manner that
students are able to acquire different learning outcomes in cognitive, psychomotor and
affective domains to demonstrate the following course outcomes:
i. Distinguish different traction systems and latest trends in traction systems.
ii. Differentiate services of traction system based on speed time curve.
iii. Control different types of traction motors
iv. Use various traction system auxiliaries.
v. Explain the distribution system of a traction system.
vi. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme
(In Hours)
Total
Credits
(L+T+P)
Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical
Marks
Total
Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
150 3 0 2 5 70 30 20 30
Legends: L-Lecture; T – Tutorial/Teacher Guided Theory Practice; P - Practical; C – Credit, ESE - End
Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment.
Electrical Traction and Control Course Code: 3350907
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
2
4. COURSE DETAILS
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
(Major outcomes in cognitive domain) Topics and Sub-topics
UNIT – I
Traction
Systems and
Latest
Trends
1a. Explain the present scenario of
Indian Railways- High speed
traction, Metro
1b. Detail the latest trends in traction.
1c. Explain types of traction systems
and their significance.
1d. Explain the general arrangement
of different types of Electric
traction systems and their
significance.
1e. Select a traction system for a
given application.
1.1 Present scenario of Indian
Railways – High speed
traction, Metro
1.2 Latest trends in traction-
Metro, monorail, Magnetic
levitation Vehicle
1.3 Steam, diesel, diesel-electric,
Battery and electric traction
systems
1.4 General arrangement of
D.C.,A.C.singlephase,3phase
hase,Composite systems
1.5 Choice of traction system -
Diesel- Electric or Electric
UNIT– II
Mechanics
of Train
Movement
2a. Draw the speed time curve related
to different traction system.
2b. Solve numerical based on speed
time curve.
2c. Calculate specific energy
consumption.
2d. State the factors affecting Specific
energy consumption.
2.1 Analysis of speed time
curves for main line,
suburban and urban services
2.2 Simplified speed time curves.
2.3 Relationship between
principal quantities in speed
time curves
2.4 Requirement of tractive effort
2.5 Specific energy consumption
and Factors affecting it.
UNIT– III
Traction
Motors and
Their
Control
3a. State the desirable features of
traction motors.
3b. Explain Significance of D.C. series
motor over D.C. Shunt motor.
3c. Explain working of various A.C.
motors as traction motors.
3d. Compare different traction motors.
3e. Apply various control methods
applied to traction motors.
3f. Explain different types of electric
braking system.
3.1 Features of traction motors.
3.2 Significance of D.C. series
motor as traction motor
3.3 A. C. Traction motors-single
phase, Three phase, Linear
Induction Motor
3.4 Comparison between
different traction motors
3.5 Series-parallel control
3.6 Open circuit, Shunt and
bridge transition
3.7 Pulse Width Modulation
control of induction motors
3.8 Types of electric braking
system.
Electrical Traction and Control Course Code: 3350907
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
3
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
(Major outcomes in cognitive domain) Topics and Sub-topics
UNIT-IV
Electric
Locomotives
and
Auxiliary
Equipment
4a. Classify electric locomotive
4b. Describe the function of auxiliaries
in traction system
4c. Describe the different current
collecting methods in locomotives
4d. Explain different control and
auxiliary equipment used in the
locomotive
4e. Describe the Power conversion and
transmission systems
4f. Explain Coach wiring and lighting
devices
4.1 Important features of electric
locomotives
4.2 Different types of
locomotives
4.3 Current collecting equipment
4.4 Coach wiring and lighting
devices
4.5 Power conversion and
transmission systems
4.6 Control and auxiliary
equipment.
UNIT-V
Feeding and
Distribution
System.
5a. Explain the distribution & feeder
system pertaining to traction
5b. Classify traction substations
5c. Describe different methods of
feeding the traction sub- station
5.1 Distribution systems
pertaining to traction
(distributions and feeders)
5.2 Traction sub-station
requirements and selection
5.3 Method of feeding the
traction sub- station
5. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS and MARKS (THEORY)
Unit
No.
Unit Title Teaching
Hours
Distribution of Theory Marks
R
Level
U
Level
A
Level
Total
Marks
I Traction Systems and Latest
Trends 04
04 04 00 08
II Mechanics of Train Movement 07 04 05 05 14
III Traction Motors and Their
Control
15 05 07 10 22
IV Electric Locomotives and
Auxiliary Equipment 12
06 06 06 18
V Feeding and Distribution System 04 02 02 04 08
Total 42 21 24 25 70 Legends: R = Remembrance; U = Understanding; A = Application and above levels (Revised Bloom’s
taxonomy)
Note: This specification table shall be treated as a general guideline for students and teachers. The actual
distribution of marks in the question paper may vary slightly from above table.
6. SUGGESTED LIST OF EXERCISES/PRACTICALS
The tutorial/practical/exercises should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt
to develop different types of cognitive and practical skills(Outcomes in cognitive,
psychomotor and affective domain) so that students are able to acquire the competencies.
Note: Here only outcomes in psychomotor domain are listed as practical/exercises. However,
if these practical/exercises are completed appropriately, they would also lead to development
Electrical Traction and Control Course Code: 3350907
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
4
of Programme Outcomes/Course Outcomes in affective domain as given in a common list at
the beginning of curriculum document for this programme. Faculty should refer to that
common list and should ensure that students also acquire those Programme
Outcomes/Course Outcomes related to affective domain
S.
No.
Unit
No.
Practical Exercises
(Major outcomes in Psychomotor Domain)
Approx
Hours.
required
1 I Investigate the various traction systems in Indian railways. 2
2 I Investigate various latest trends in electric traction systems. 2
3 II Solve numericals on speed time curves. 2
4 II Solve numericals on specific energy consumption. 2
5 III Calculate energy saving by series parallel control of D. C.
Motor (for two and four motors).
2
6 III Justify the use of D. C. Series motor as traction motor. 2
7 III Investigate the energy recovered using regenerative braking. 2
8 IV Describe the train lighting system. 2
9 IV Draw sketch of the current collecting equipments. 2
10 IV Study of layout of D. C. locomotive and diesel locomotive. 2
11 1V Study of power diagram of A.C. locomotive and its equipment. 2
12 V Study of major equipments in AC traction substations. 2
13 VI Use electronic control of traction motor. 2
14 VI Understand the working of high speed train. 2
Total Hours 28
7. SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES
Following is the list of proposed student activities like:
i. Prepare a report on current collector of bow and pantograph type current collector,
showing complete arrangements of Pantograph its location and electric wiring system
with locomotive.
ii. Prepare a report on the following locomotives:
a. D. C. locomotive
b. A. C. / D. C. locomotive
c. Diesel electric locomotive (Report to be written)
iii. Prepare a report after visiting a electric-traction substation
8. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES (if any)
i. Arrange visit to nearby locomotive workshops.
ii. Show video/animation films to explain functioning of traction motor.
iii. Have Group Discussion on various topics and get updated with latest trends in
traction.
Electrical Traction and Control Course Code: 3350907
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
5
9. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
A) List of Books
S.
No. Title of Book Author Publication
1. Modern Electric Traction H. Partab Dhanpat Rai and Sons, New Delhi
2. Electric Traction J. Upadhyay
S. N. Mahendra
Allied Publishers Ltd., Dhanpat Rai
and Sons, New Delhi
3. Electric Traction A.T. Dover
Mac millan, Dhanpat Rai and Sons,
New Delhi
4. Electric Traction Hand
Book
R. B. Brooks. Sir Isaac Pitman and sons ltd.
London.
B) List of Major Equipment/ Instrument with Broad Specifications
i. Models of different traction systems and equipment
C) List of Software/Learning Websites
i. www.irieen.com (Indian Railways Institute of Electrical Engineering, Nasik Road)
ii. www.wr.railnet.gov.in/bctweb/ELECTRICAL.htm
iii. www.scrailway.gov.in
11. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
Prof. A. A. AMIN, Lecturer Electrical Engineering, Government Polytechnic,
Vadnagar.
Prof.V. R. KOTDAWALA,Lecturer Electrical Engineering, Government
Polytechnic, Himmatnagar.
Prof. N. N. PANDYA, Lecturer, Electrical Engineering, Government Polytechnic,
Ahmedabad.
Prof .S. V. JAGANI , Lecturer, Electrical Engineering, Government Polytechnic,
Dahod.
Coordinator and Faculty Members from NITTTR Bhopal
Dr (Mrs.) C. S. Rajeshwari, Professor and Head, Department of Electrical and
Electronics Engineering.
Dr J. Earnest, Professor and Head, Department of Electrical and Electronics
Engineering,
SEM-VI
BRANCH CODE:09 DIPLOMA PROGRAMME IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER - VI
COURSE
CODE
COURSE TITLE
TEACHING SCHEME EXAMINATION SCHEME
L
T
P
CREDITS
(L+T+P)
THEORY MARKS PRACTICAL
MARKS
GRAND
TOTAL ESE PA ESE PA
3360901 SWITCHGEAR & PROTECTION 4 0 2 6 70 30 20 30 150
3360902
INSTALLATION, COMMISSIONING AND MAINTENANCE
4
0
2
6
70 30 20 30 150
ELECTIVE-II( ONE SUBJECT FROM SAME GROUP AS PER SUBJECT
SELECTED FROM ELECTIVE GROUP OF SEM 5)
3
0
2
5
70
30
20
30
150
ELECTIVE-III( ONE SUBJECT FROM SAME GROUP AS PER SUBJECT
SELECTED FROM ELECTIVE GROUP OF SEM 5)
3
0
2
5
70 30 20 30 150
3360909
PROJECT-II
0
0
6
6
0 0 40 60 100
TOTAL 14 0 14 28 280 120 120 180 700
ELECTIVE-II
GROUP 1
(POWER )
3350905 SOLAR AND WIND SYSTEM
3360903 POWER SYSTEM OPERATION AND
CONTROL
3360904
SUBSTATION ENGINNERING AND
POWER QUALITY
Group 2 (INDUSTRIAL MACHINES AND
DRIVES)
3350906 SPECIAL ELECTRICAL MACHINES
3360905 DESIGN PARAMETERS OF
ELECTRICAL EQUIPEMENT AND
MACHINES
3360906 ELECTRICAL DRIVES
GROUP 3 (COMMERCIAL
ELECTRIFICATION AND TRACTION)
3350907 ELECTRICAL TRACTION AND
CONTROL
3360907 MAINTENANCE OF TRANSFORMER
AND CIRCUIT BREAKER
3360908
ELECTRIFICATION OF BUILDING
COMPLEXES
Switchgear and Protection Course Code: 3360901
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
1
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT
COURSE CURRICULUM
COURSE TITLE: SWITCHGEAR & PROTECTION
(COURSE CODE: 3360901 )
Diploma Programme in which this course is offered
Semester in which offered
Electrical Engineering Sixth
1. RATIONALE
An electrical power system consists of generators, transformers, and transmission and
distribution lines. In case of fault, an automatic protective scheme comprising of circuit
breakers and protective relays isolate the faulty section providing protection to the healthy
section. Safety of machines/equipment and human beings is the major criteria of every
protection scheme. It is essential that the diploma pass out students should develop skills of
operating various controls and switchgear in power system. They are also required to carry out
remedial measures for faults/abnormalities in machines/equipment in power system using
appropriate diagnostic instrument/devices. This course attempts to develop these skills in
students and hence it is a core course for all electrical engineers.
2. COMPETENCY The course content should be taught and implemented with the aim to develop required skills
in the students so that they are able to acquire following competency:
Maintain various controls and switchgear in power systems.
3. COURSE OUTCOMES (COs)
The theory should be taught and practical should be carried out in such a manner that students
are able to acquire different learning outcomes in cognitive, psychomotor and affective
domain to demonstrate following course outcomes.
i. Identify various types of faults in Power system
ii. Explain working of different types of circuit breakers in power system.
iii. Explain working of different types of relays in power system.
iv. Maintain the protection of transmission line and feeder from various faults
v. Protect transformer, alternator, motor and bus bar
vi. Protect power system against over voltages
4. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme
(In Hours)
Total
Credits
(L+T+P)
Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical Marks Total
Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
150 4 0 2 6 70 30 20 30
Legends: L-Lecture; T – Tutorial/Teacher Guided Theory Practice; P -Practical; C – Credit ESE -End Semester
Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment.
Switchgear and Protection Course Code: 3360901
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
2
5. COURSE DETAILS
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
( in Cognitive Domain) Topics and Sub-topics
Unit – I
Elements of
Protection
1a. Describe the functions of
basic elements of a protective
system
1b. Describe the various types of
faults and abnormalities
occurring in a power system.
1c. Explain the concept of the
Backup protection
1d. Explain the use of Current
Transformer (CT) and
Potential Transformer(PT) in
protection system.
1e. Describe the working of
current limiting reactors and
their arrangements
1f. Describe various methods of
neutral Earthing.
1.1 Need of protective system
1.2 Functions of basic elements of a
protective system.
1.3 Types, causes and effects of various
Faults.
1.4 Protection zones : Backup
protection zones
1.5 Protective Transformers:
Specifications and Connection
diagram of Current Transformer and
Potential Transformer (single phase
and 3 phase)
1.6 Current limiting reactors.
1.7 Neutral Earthing
Unit– II
Circuit
Interrupting
Devices
2a. Describe protective system
showing different circuit
interrupting devices using a
line diagram
2b. Explain the sequence of
operation of and interlocking
of interrupting devices.
2c. Explain the terms associated
with fuse and circuit breaker.
2d. Explain characteristics of
fuse and circuit breakers.
2e. Explain arc formation and
zero current interruption.
2f. Compare arc quenching in
A.C. and D.C. Circuit
Breaker.
2g. Explain the resistance
switching.
2.1 Interrupting devices: Sequence of
operation and interlocking
2.2 Fuse, types, characteristics, testing
and applications
2.3 Isolators.
2.4 Circuit breaker: Arc phenomena and
arc extinction, Construction,
working principle of Oil circuit
breakers, Air break, Air Blast,
Sulphur Hexa Fluoride (SF6) and
vacuum circuit breakers.
2.5 Auto-reclosure
2.6 Testing of circuit breaker
2.7 Resistance switching
2.8 Working principle of arc quenching
in HVDC circuit breaker
Unit– III
Protective
Relays
3a. Describe need for different
types of relays.
3b. State the terms related to
relays.
3c. Explain concept of over
current and directional relays.
3d. Explain setting of relays.
3e. Describe the testing
procedure of various relays.
3.1 Protective relay, classification
and selection: Terms related to relay
3.2 Principle of working, construction
and operation of electromagnetic
induction(shaded pole,watt-hour
meter and induction cup),Thermal
relay
3.3 Settings of various types of relays
3.4 Directional relay
3.5 Distance relay(impedance,
Switchgear and Protection Course Code: 3360901
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
3
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
( in Cognitive Domain) Topics and Sub-topics
reactance and mho)
3.6 Negative phase sequence relay
3.7 Static relay, Construction and types
3.8 Principle and working of
Microprocessor based relay
3.9 Maintenance and testing of relays
Unit–IV
Protection of
Transmission
Line and
Feeder
4a. Compare various protection
scheme of transmission line.
4b. Describe the criteria to
selection the protection
scheme
4c. Explain simple Impedance
relay.
4d. Explain need of carrier aided
protection.
4e. State the types of auto
reclosing.
4f. Explain protection of feeders
and ring mains and Bus bar.
4.1 Transmission line protection scheme
4.2 protection scheme -Overload
protection, Over-current and earth
fault protection, Time graded and
current graded protection, Current
balance differential protection
4.3 Carrier aided protection, Carrier
inter-tripping, acceleration and
blocking scheme
4.4 Distance /Impedance protection
4.5 types of Auto reclosing
4.6 Protection of parallel feeders and
Ring Mains
Unit-V
Protection of
Transformer,
Alternator,
Motor and
Busbar
5a. Explain various protection
scheme for transformer.
5b. Describe the inrush current
phenomenon in transformer.
5c. Explain the protection offered
by Buchholz Relay.
5.1 Over current, Percentage differential
and restricted earth fault protection
of Transformers
5.2 Inrush phenomenon and over
fluxing phenomenon in Transformer
5.3 Buchholz Relay, analysis of trapped
gases
5d. Explain the faults and
abnormalities in alternator.
5e. Explain various faults
occurring in motor and their
protection schemes.
5f. Explain Differential
protection of Bus bars.
5.4 Various faults and abnormal
operating conditions in Alternator
and its protection schemes
5.5 Various faults and abnormal
occurring in the Motor and its
protection schemes
5.6 Differential Protection of Bus bars
Unit-VI
Over Voltage
Protection
6a. State the causes of over
voltage.
6b. Explain the characteristics of
Lightning Arrestor.
5g. Describe the Insulation co-
ordination and basic impulse
insulation Level
6.1 Causes of over voltages
6.2 Methods of reducing over voltages
6.3 Operating principles, construction
and applications of lightning
arrester
5.7 Insulation co-ordination, volt- time
characteristic and basic impulse
insulation level
Switchgear and Protection Course Code: 3360901
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
4
6. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS and MARKS (Theory)
Unit
No.
Unit Title Teaching
Hours
Distribution of Theory Marks
R
Level
U
Level
A
Level
Total
Marks
I Elements of Protection 08 04 02 02 08
II Circuit interrupting Devices 10 05 06 04 15
III Protective Relays 12 05 06 04 15
IV Protection of Transmission Line 12 04 08 03 15
V Protection of Transformer,
Alternator, Motor and Bus Bar 10 04 06 02
12
VI Over Voltage Protection 04 03 02 00 05
Total 56 25 30 15 70
Legends: R = Remember; U= Understand; A= Apply and above levels (Bloom’s revised taxonomy)
Note: This specification table shall be treated as a general guideline for students and teachers. The actual
distribution of marks in the question paper may vary slightly from above table.
7. SUGGESTED EXERCISES/PRACTICALS
The practical should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to develop
different types of skills (outcomes in psychomotor and affective domain) so that students
are able to acquire the competencies/programme outcomes. Following is the list of practical
exercises for guidance.
Note: Here only outcomes in psychomotor domain are listed as practical. However, if these
practical are completed appropriately, they would also lead to development of certain
outcomes in affective domain which would in turn lead to development of Course Outcomes
related to affective domain. Thus over all development of Programme Outcomes (as given in
a common list at the beginning of curriculum document for this programme) would be
assured.
Faculty should refer to that common list and should ensure that students also acquire
outcomes in affective domain which are required for overall achievement of Programme
Outcomes/Course Outcomes.
S.
No.
Unit
No.
Practical Exercises
(Outcomes in Psychomotor Domain)
Approx.
Hours.
Required
1 I Check the Polarity of Current Transformer and Potential
Transformer and connect it with the relay. 02
2 II Identify various switchgear equipment available in the lab and
write its specification and symbols. 02
3 II Identify parts of various circuit breakers and their specification 02
4 II Find the fusing factor of a given fusing material. 02
5 II Dismantle a Vacuum circuit breaker. 02
6 II Identify the various components of SF6 circuit breaker. 02
7 III Test overload relay and plot Time-Current characteristic 02
8 III Use Buchholz relay for transformer protection. 02
9 III Test thermal overload relay for protection of motor and set the
relay properly. 02
10 III Test static relay for the protection of motor 02
11 IV Apply balance current protection scheme using appropriate switch
gear 02
Switchgear and Protection Course Code: 3360901
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
5
S.
No.
Unit
No.
Practical Exercises
(Outcomes in Psychomotor Domain)
Approx.
Hours.
Required
12 IV Interpret various protective scheme used for transmission lines and
feeders (from Blue print and visit). 04
13 IV Draw schematic diagram of protective schemes for 66 KV/ 132
KV/220 KV Substation nearby area. (after visit) 04
14 IV Visit a substation and prepare its technical report emphasizing on
control side 04
15 V Interpret the protection scheme for an alternator in power station
(from Blue print and visit). 04
16 V Interpret different protective scheme for transformer. 02
17 VI Set up a Horn gap lightning arrester. 02
Total 42
Note :Perform any of the practical exercises from above list for a minimum of 28 hours depending
upon the availability of resources so that skills matching with the most of the outcomes of every
units are included.
8. SUGGESTED STUDENT ACTIVITIES
Following is the list of proposed student activities like:
i. Prepare line diagram of substation (any one of 220/132/66 kV)
ii. Prepare chart of basic elements of protective system.
iii. List different types of relays, circuit breakers and collect literature from
dealers/Manufactures/users and their websites (such as SEIMENS, BHEL, GE, L&T,
Crompton, Power Grid Corporation etc)
iv. Prepare display chart for various types of fuse.
v. Prepare the chart for Combined Earth Fault and Phase Fault Protective scheme.
vi. Download the video of functioning of HVDC circuit breaker, Lightning arrester.
9. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES (if any)
i. Show video/animation film to demonstrate the working principles, constructional
features, testing and maintenance of different types of relays and circuit breakers
ii. Arrange expert lectures by engineers of power distribution companies/suppliers of
protection and switchgear equipments.
iii. Arrange a visit to nearby substation and manufacturer site of protection panel
iv. Arrange a visit to a relay testing laboratory.
10. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
A) Books
S.
No. Title of Book Author Publication
1. Fundamentals of Power
System Protection
Paithankar Y. G.and
Bhide S. R
PHI, New Delhi (Latest
Edition)
2. Power System Protection
and Switchgear
Ram B and
Vishwakarma D. N.
TMH, New Delhi
(Latest Edition)
3. Electrical Power Uppal S.L. Khanna Publications
(Latest Edition)
4. Electrical Power System Mehta V. K. S. Chand Publications
(Latest Edition)
Switchgear and Protection Course Code: 3360901
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
6
S.
No. Title of Book Author Publication
5. Switchgear and
Protection
Rao S. S. Khanna Publications, New
Delhi (Latest Edition)
6. Electrical Power Systems Rao S. S and Uppal S.
L
Khanna Publications (Latest
Edition)
7. Switchgear and
Protection
Gupta J. B. Katariya Pub. New Delhi
(Latest Edition)
8. Power system Protection
and Switchgear
Ravindranath B. and M.
Chander
Wiley Eastern Ltd, Delhi.
(Latest Edition)
9. Art and Science of
Protective relaying
Wadhwa. C. L. C.R.Mason, John Wiley, New
Delhi
B) Major Equipment/ Instrument with Broad Specifications
1. Numerical relay
panel with all
protection
Time-overcurrent protection (definite-time/inverse-time/user-
def.) , Sensitive earth-fault detection, Inrush restraint, Motor
protection(Undercurrent monitoring, Starting time supervision,
Locked rotor, Overload protection, Temperature monitoring,
Load jam protection
2. Static earth fault
relay
Ratings : 5 A , 50 Hz, VA rating : 3 VA typical
Setting ranges : Low-set : 0.1 A to 5.0
High-set : 0.1 A to 50 A
3. VCB with
operation
simulation panel
VCB along with variable earth leakage relay, Over voltage /
under voltage relay, loading facility, over / under frequency
relay, overload relay, to operate under various abnormal
conditions.
4. Panel for Biased
Differential
protection of
Transformer
•Test setup is equipped with single-phase type static relay
connected with single- phase auto transformer, provides facility
to vary current using a variac and rheostats.
5. Current
Transformer
(Metering)
6. Current
Transformer
(protection)
LT Current transformers for metering -ring or window type
1. Class of Accuracy 0.5
2. Rated Burden 5.00 VA
3. Power Frequency Withstand
Voltage
3KV
4. Highest System Voltage 433 V
5. Nominal System Voltage 400 V
6. Frequency 50 Hz
7. Supply System 3 Ph. Solidly grounded Neutral
System
Transformation ratio specified from the following standard ratings as per
requirement :
Ratio 50/5 150/5 300/5 400/5 1000/5
Typical specification for a 11 kV CT
System voltage:11 kV
Insulation level voltage (ILV) : 12/28/75 kV
Ratio: 200/1 - 1 - 0.577 A
Core 1: 1A, metering, 15 VA/class 1, ISF<10
Core 2: 1 A, protection, 15 VA/5P10
Switchgear and Protection Course Code: 3360901
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
7
C) Software/Learning Websites
i. WWW.nptel.iitm.ac.in
ii. http://electrical-engineering-portal.com/download-center/electrical-software
iii. http://electrical-engineering-portal.com/testing-commissioning-current-transformer#2
11. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
Prof. S. V. Jagani, Lecturer in Electrical Engineering ,Government Polytechnic, Dahod
Prof. T. A. Patel, Lecturer in Electrical Engineering , Government Polytechnic, Dahod
Prof. H. C. Chawda, Lecturer in Electrical Engineering, R.C. Technical Institute,
Ahmedabad
Coordinator and Faculty Members from NITTTR Bhopal
Dr. (Mrs.) C.S. Rajeshwari, Professor, Department of Electrical and Electronics
Engineering.
Prof. A.S. Walkey, Associate Professor, Department of Electrical and Electronics
Engineering.
7. Potential
Transformer
Core 3: 0.577 A, Class PS, KPV>= 150 V, Imag at Vk/2 <=30
mA, RCT at 75 C<=2 ohms
Short time rating:20 kA for 1 second
Typical specification for a 11 kV VT System voltage: 11 kV
Insulation level voltage (ILV) : 12 /28/75 kV
Number of phases: Three
Vector Group: Star / Star
Ratio: 11 kV/ 110 V
Burden: 100 VA
Accuracy: Class 0.5
Voltage Factor: 1.2 continuous and 1.5 for 30 seconds
With provision for fuse
8. Buchholz Relay Buchholz Relay set up consisting of following:
- Digital AC Ammeter and Voltmeter
-Gas actuated Buchholz Relay
-Gas compressor for Relay
-Duly wired built in control and protection unit
-Built in power on indicator trip status indicator
-Terminals for all the relay and necessary patch chords required
to perform the experiment
Installation, Commissioning and Maintenance Course Code3360902
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
1
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT
COURSE CURRICULUM
COURSE TITLE: INSTALLATION, COMMISSIONING AND MAINTENANCE
(COURSE CODE: 3360902)
Diploma Programme in which this course is offered
Semester in which offered
Electrical Engineering Sixth
1. RATIONALE
Electrical Power system consists of a number of transformers, circuit breakers and other
equipments which require installation, commissioning and regular maintenance to prevent
permanent break down. Many times an engineering diploma holder has to carryout/supervises
installation, commissioning and maintenance of various electrical equipments in power
stations, substations and industry. This course will enable the diploma pass out student to
understand the concepts, principles and acquire basic skills of installation, commissioning and
maintenance of electrical equipments in power stations, substations and industry.
2. COMPETENCY
The course content should be taught and implemented with the aim to develop required skills
in the students so that they are able to acquire following competency:
Undertake installation, commissioning and maintenance of various power system
components and equipment
3. COURSE OUTCOMES (COs):
The theory should be taught and practical should be undertaken in such a manner that students
are able to acquire different learning outcomes in cognitive, psychomotor and affective
domains to demonstrate the following course outcomes:
i. Unload the electrical equipments/machines based on scientific procedure
ii. Commission various electrical equipment/machines
iii. Prepare maintenance schedule of different equipment and machines
iv. Prepare trouble shooting chart for various electrical equipment, machines and
domestic appliances
v. Carry out different types of earthing
vi. Apply electrical safety regulations and rules during maintenance.
4. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme
(In Hours)
Total Credits
(L+T+P)
Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical
Marks
Total Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
150
4
0 2 6 70 30 20 30
Installation, Commissioning and Maintenance Course Code3360902
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
2
Legends: L-Lecture; T – Tutorial/Teacher Guided Theory Practice; P - Practical; C – Credit, ESE - End
Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment.
5. COURSE CONTENT DETAILS
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
( in Cognitive Domain) Topics and Sub-topics
Unit – I.
Installation
of Electrical
Equipment
1a. Describe the planning
before unloading of
heavy electrical
equipments at site.
1b. Select appropriate tools
for installation of
electrical equipment
1c. Explain the procedure for
handling, inspection,
storage and installation
of static and rotating
electrical equipment.
1.1 Unloading of electrical equipment at site
1.2 Inspection of electrical equipment at site
1.3 Storage electrical equipment at site
1.4 Foundation electrical equipment at site
1.5 Alignment of electrical machines
1.6 Tools/Instruments necessary for
installation
1.7 Technical report, Inspection, storage and
handling of transformer, switchgear and
motors
Unit– II
Commissioni
ng and
Testing
2a Describe various
commissioning tests on
electrical
equipment/machines
2b Describe the specific test
on electrical
equipment/machines
2c Explain the standard tests
performed on insulation
oil
2d Determine the insulation
resistance of electrical
equipment/machines
2e Explain the procedure of
drying the winding of
electrical
equipment/machines
2f Explain the various
factor affecting the
insulation resistance
2g Explain the need for
gradual loading of
electrical equipment
2.1 Tests before commissioning of electrical
equipment- Electrical and Mechanical
test, Preparations before
commissioning of power transformer,
Instruments required for testing
2.2 Specific tests on - Transformer,
Induction motor, alternator, synchronous
motor
2.3 Commissioning of power transformer,
three phase induction motor and
switchgear
2.4 Transformer insulation oil: Properties as
per IS, sampling, testing and
filtering/purifying, standard tests as per
IS, classification of insulation resistance
2.5 Measurement of insulation resistance
and Polarization Index, Factors affecting
the insulation resistance of insulating
materials
2.6 Drying the winding of electrical
equipment and its record
2.7 Tests after and before commissioning
the machine
2.8 Test report on commissioning and test
certificate
2.9 Gradually loading of electrical
equipment
Installation, Commissioning and Maintenance Course Code3360902
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
3
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
( in Cognitive Domain) Topics and Sub-topics
Unit– III
Maintenance
of Electrical
Equipment
.
3a Explain the need of
different types of
maintenance
3b Explain the reason of
failure of electrical
equipment due to poor
maintenance
3c Prepare maintenance
schedule of different
equipment
3d State the probable faults
due to poor maintenance
in various electrical
equipment
3.1 Functions of the Maintenance
Department; Reasons of failure of
electrical equipment
3.2 Preventive maintenance: need,
classification, advantages, activities
Frequency of maintenance
3.3 Breakdown maintenance: concept,
advantages, activities
3.4 Factors for preparing maintenance
schedule
3.5 Maintenance schedule of transformer
below and above 1000kVA
3.6 Maintenance schedule - induction motor,
circuit Breaker, overhead line, storage
Battery
3.7 Probable faults due to poor maintenance
in transformer, induction motor, circuit
breaker, overhead lines and battery
Installation, Commissioning and Maintenance Course Code3360902
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
4
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
( in Cognitive Domain) Topics and Sub-topics
Unit–IV
Troubleshoo
ting
4a. State various internal and
external faults that occur
in electrical equipment
4b. State common troubles in
various electrical
equipment and machines
4c. Prepare trouble shooting
chart for various
electrical equipment,
machines and domestic
appliances.
4.1 Causes of faults in electrical equipment
(Internal and external)
4.2 Instruments and tools for trouble shooting
4.3 Common troubles in electrical equipment
– DC Machines, AC Machines,
Transformers, Circuit-breaker, under-
ground cable, electrical Installation
4.4 Need of trouble shooting chart,
4.5 Trouble shooting chart for DC Motor, DC
Generator, Transformer, Synchronous
Motor, Induction Motor, Circuit-breaker
4.6 Trouble shooting chart for Domestic
appliances- electrical iron, ceiling fan,
Washing machine, Air cooler, Vacuum
cleaner, Fluorescent tube light:
Construction, working and
troubleshooting chart
Unit-V
Earthing
5a Explain the need of
earthing and the different
methods of earthing
5b Explain the various
factors affecting the earth
resistance
5c Describe the various
methods of measuring the
earth resistance
5d Differentiate between
equipment earthing and
system grounding
5e Explain the earthing
procedure in different
types of electrical
installations
5.1 Necessity of earthing
5.2 System earthing : advantage of neutral
earthing of generator in power station
5.3 Equipment earthing: Objective
5.4 Types of earth electrodes
5.5 Methods of earthing : plate earthing ,pipe
earthing and coil earthing
5.6 Earthing in extra high voltage and
underground cable, Earthing resistance-
factors affecting, Determination of
maximum permissible resistance of the
earthing system
5.7 Measurement of earth resistance:
voltmeter-ammeter method, earth tester
method, ohm meter method and earth
loop tester method
5.8 Comparison between equipment
earthing and system grounding
5.9 Earthing procedure - Building
installation, Domestic appliances,
Industrial premises, Earthing of
substation, generating station and
overhead line.
Installation, Commissioning and Maintenance Course Code3360902
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
5
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
( in Cognitive Domain) Topics and Sub-topics
Unit-VI
Electrical
Accidents
and Safety
6a. Explain the causes of
electrical accidents
6b. Describe the procedure
for shutting down of
substation and power
lines
6c. Explain the operation of
different types of fire
extinguishers
6.1 Causes of electrical accidents
6.2 Factors affecting the severity of
electrical shock
6.3 Actions to be taken when a person gets
attached to live part
6.4 Safety regulations and safety measures
6.5 Indian electricity supply act 1948-1956
6.6 Factory act 1948
6.7 Sub-station shut down Procedure
6.8 certificate of (i) requisition for shut
down (ii) Permit to work and (iii) Line
clear certificate
6.9 Instruction for the safety of persons
working on a job with a permit to work
6.10 Fire extinguishers-Fixed installation and
portable devices
6. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS and MARKS (THEORY)
Unit
No.
Unit Title Teaching
Hours
Distribution of Theory Marks
R
Level
U
Level
A
Level
Total
Marks
I Installation of Electrical Equipment 6 2 2 4 8
II Commissioning and Testing 14 4 6 6 16
III Maintenance of Electrical
Equipment 12 4 5 5 14
IV Trouble Shooting 9 4 5 3 12
V Earthing 9 2 5 5 12
VI Electrical Accidents and Safety 6 2 3 3 8
Total 56 18 26 26 70
Legends: R = Remember; U = Understand; A = Apply and above levels (Bloom’s revised
taxonomy)
Note: This specification table shall be treated as a general guideline for students and teachers.
The actual distribution of marks in the question paper may vary slightly from above table.
7. SUGGESTED EXERCISES/PRACTICALS
The practical should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to develop
different types of skills (outcomes in psychomotor and affective domain) so that students
are able to acquire the competencies/programme outcomes. Following is the list of practical
exercises for guidance.
Note: Here only outcomes in psychomotor domain are listed as practical. However, if these
practical are completed appropriately, they would also lead to development of certain
outcomes in affective domain which would in turn lead to development of Course Outcomes
related to affective domain. Thus over all development of Programme Outcomes (as given in
a common list at the beginning of curriculum document for this programme) would be
assured.
Installation, Commissioning and Maintenance Course Code3360902
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
6
Faculty should refer to that common list and should ensure that students also acquire
outcomes in affective domain which are required for overall achievement of Programme
Outcomes/Course Outcomes.
S.
No. Unit No.
Practical Exercises
(Outcomes in Psychomotor Domain)
Hrs.
required
1 I Prepare layouts of wiring for installation of given machine
with specification 2
2 II Prepare test reports of an electrical machine after
commissioning 2
3 II Perform various tests on insulating oil 2
4 II Measure insulation resistance of a winding/cables/wiring
installation 2
5 III Prepare maintenance schedule for power transformer 2
6 III Prepare maintenance schedule for induction motor 2
7 IV Trouble shoot a ceiling fan 2
8 IV Dismantle and trouble shoot of fluorescent tube light 2
9 V Measure earth resistance of installation of building/domestic
wiring and appliances by different methods 4
10 V Prepare plate/pipe earthing as per IS and measure the earth
resistance 2
11 V Interpret IE rules pertaining to safety 2
12 VI
Show the action to be taken when a person comes in contact
with a live wire 2
13 VI Undertake drill operation for using fire extinguisher for
safety against fire 2
Total 28
8. SUGGESTED STUDENT ACTIVITIES
Following is the list of proposed student activities such as:
i. Prepare journals based on practical performed in laboratory.
ii. Solving numerical from different books for practice
iii. List various instruments and tools used for troubleshooting
iv. Find troubleshooting techniques and steps to troubleshoot various electrical equipment
and machines
v. Prepare trouble shooting chart for various electrical equipments
vi. Site visit for commissioning of Transformer
9. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES (if any)
i. Show video/animation film to demonstrate earthing, grounding
ii. Arrange a visit to nearby industry/substation to observe installation/commissioning
and troubleshooting of various electrical equipment and machines.
iii. Use Flash/Animations to demonstrate installation of various electrical equipment and
devices.
iv. Arrange expert lectures of the professional engineers involved in installation,
commissioning and testing of heavy power equipments/machines.
v. Give Mini projects to students
Installation, Commissioning and Maintenance Course Code3360902
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
7
10. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
A) Books
S.
No. Title of Book Author Publication
1.
Testing Commissioning operation
and maintenance of Electrical
Equipments.
Rao. S Khanna Publication (Latest
edition), New Delhi
2.
Installation, commissioning and
maintenance of Electrical
equipment
Singh Tarlok S.K.Kataria and Sons, New
Delhi, Second edition-2012
3. Electrical power system Wadhwa C.L. New Age international
Publications, New Delhi
4.
Relevant IS Code for-Installation,
maintenance and commissioning
of electrical equipments/machines
- Latest code
B) Major Equipment/ Instrument with Broad Specifications
1. Digital Multimeter
4 ½ digit hand held 9 V batteries operated, DC Voltage: 0 to
0.001 mV – 1000 V, AC Voltage: 0 to 0.01 mV – 1000 V,
AC Current: 0 to 100 nA – 10 A, DC Current: 0 to 100 nA –
10 A,
2. Digital Tachometer
Hand held, battery operated, 5 digit display contact Type, 60
to 50000 r.p.m.,
3. Oil testing kit. Mains Supply : 230V AC ±10%, 50Hz
Single Phase Variac : 230V/ 0-270V
High Voltage Source : 80kV, 20mA
Voltmeter : 0 to 100kV
4. Megger Insulation Testing:250V:500V:1000V:
1000 MΩ range, Auto-ranging, Auto discharge
5. Software/Learning Websites
i. http://cercind.gov.in/ElectSupplyAct1948.pdf
ii. www.lce.com/pdfs/The-PMPdM-Program-124.pdf
iii. www.iapa.ca/pdf/prevent.pdf
iv. http://cercind.gov.in/ElectSupplyAct1948.pdf
v. www.pfeiffereng.com/Principals%20of%20Electrical%20Grounding.pdf
11. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
Prof. R D Panchal, Lecturer in Electrical Engineering, RC Technical Institute,
Ahmedabad
Prof. C T Patel, Lecturer in Electrical Engineering, RC Technical Institute, Ahmedabad
Coordinator and Faculty Members from NITTTR Bhopal
Dr. (Mrs.) C.S. Rajeshwari, Professor and Head, Department of Electrical and
Electronics Engineering.
Dr. Joshua Earnest, Professor, Department of Electrical and Electro
Maintenance of Transformer and Circuit Breaker Course Code:3360907
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT
COURSE CURRICULUM
COURSE TITLE: MAINTENANCE OF TRANSFORMER AND CIRCUIT BREAKER
(COURSE CODE: 3360907)
Diploma Programme in which this course is offered Semester in which offered
Electrical Engineering Sixth
1. RATIONALE
Power system consists of a number of transformers, circuit breakers installed at substations
including poll mounted distribution transformers whose numbers are in thousands only in
Gujarat. These require regular maintenance to prevent permanent break down. Most of the
industries and big commercial installations such as big institutes/hotels/complexes/hospitals
that have their own substation also require maintenance of transformers and circuit breakers
on regular basis. Most of the big cities are now establishing their own Metro railways. Indian
Railways and city metros also have their own substations where transformer and circuit
breakers are installed. Power companies also off load their maintenance work of distribution
transformers and circuit breakers to private agencies. Thus there is huge demand for
maintenance of transformers and circuit breakers.
Transformer and Circuit Breakers are one of the two electric equipment who operate at
highest possible voltage i.e up to the level of 400 KV (generators and motors normally
operate up to 33 KV Class). Moreover in transformers and circuit breakers current breaking
and making takes place with full power (In transformer it happens in on load tap changer).
Because of these conditions of very high voltage operations and breaking and making of full
power current, insulating oil of transformers and circuit breakers is subjected to deterioration.
Contacts of the circuit breaker are also subjected to deterioration due to formation of arcs.
Because of these reasons these equipment require regular maintenance.
This course will enable the diploma pass out student to understand the concepts, principles
and acquire basic skills of testing and maintenance of transformers and circuit breakers. There
is a huge scope of self employment in this area with very less investment of capital.
2. COMPETENCY
The course content should be taught and implemented with the aim to develop required skills
in the students so that they are able to acquire following competency:
Maintain transformers and circuit breakers.
3. COURSE OUTCOMES
The theory should be taught and practical should be carried out in such a manner that students
are able to acquire different learning outcomes in cognitive, psychomotor and affective
domain to demonstrate following course outcomes.
i. Undertake /apply preventive maintenance
ii. Maintain power and distribution transformers.
iii. Commission different types of transformers
iv. Maintain different types of circuit breakers
Maintenance of Transformer and Circuit Breaker Course Code:3360907
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
4. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme
(In Hours)
Total
Credits
(L+T+P)
Examination Scheme1
Theory Marks Practical
Marks
Total
Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
150 3 0 2 5 70 30 20 30
Legends: L-Lecture; T – Tutorial/Teacher Guided Theory Practice; P -Practical; C – Credit, ESE -End
Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment
5. COURSE CONTENT DETAILS
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
(in cognitive domain)
Topics and Sub-topics
Unit – I.
Preventive
Maintenance
1a. State the types of maintenance.
1b. Explain the significance of
Preventive maintenance.
1c. Describe the economy of
maintenance.
1.1 Maintenance and its types -
Preventive and Breakdown
1.2 Advantages of preventive
maintenance
1.3 Scope of preventive
maintenance
1.4 Economics of preventive
maintenance
Unit– II
Maintenance of
Transformers
2a. Describe maintenance of
different parts of power
transformer.
2b. Explain the different factors
affecting the life of transformer.
2c. Prepare maintenance schedule
of different types of
transformer.
2d. Explain the importance of
quality of transformer oil.
2e. Describe the transformer oil
filtration procedure
2f. List the parameters for quality
of oil.
2g. Describe Trouble shooting
procedure of power transformer.
2h. Inspect and maintain
distribution and power
transformer.
2i. Describe the causes of failure of
transformers
2j. Describe the methods to reduce
the noise level in transformer.
2k. Describe how from analyses of
2.1 Significance of transformer
maintenance
2.2 Parts of transformer- tank.
Core, winding, conservator,
radiators, bushings, terminals,
temperature measurement
system, safety valves, tap
changers and accessories/
fittings etc.
2.3 Factors affecting the life of
transformer-moisture, water
oxygen, solid impurities,
varnish, slackness of windings
and dust.
2.4 Inspection-sensory, records and
electrical test.
2.5 General/Typical maintenance
schedule of power
transformers-up to 1000 kVA
and above 1000 kVA
2.6 Maintenance of transformer oil-
characteristic, interpretation of
tests, procedure of testing BDV,
filtering plant.
Maintenance of Transformer and Circuit Breaker Course Code:3360907
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
(in cognitive domain)
Topics and Sub-topics
gas collected in Buchholz relay,
condition of transformer may be
ascertained.
2l. State procedure for measuring
of insulation resistance of
transformers.
2m. Sate safety precautions to be
absorbed during maintenance of
transformers.
2.7 Causes of failures of power
transformers and preventive
actions.
2.8 Detective devices-Buchholz
relay, Pressure relief device,
Differential relay, Dial
thermometer alarm contact,
Over current relay, ground fault
relay, voltmeter, ammeter,
Human senses
2.9 Check list of maintenance of
power transformers
2.10 Causes and methods to reduce
Audible Noise (AN) from
transformer
2.11 Maintenance of distribution
transformer
i. Reasons for failure of
Distribution Transformers
and the remedial measures
thereof
ii. Inspection & Maintenance
Schedule for Distribution
Transformers:
iii. Inspection & Maintenance of
transformer and accessories
within the sub-station and its
proximity.
2.12 Procedure of measuring the
insulation resistance of
transformer windings.
Unit– III
Commissioning
and
Recharging of
Transformers
3a. Understand the procedure of
commissioning of power
transformer.
3b. Perform required test after
commissioning of transformer.
3c. State do’s and don’ts for power
transformer.
3d. Describe the procedure of
loading the transformer.
3.1 Concept of commissioning and
recharging of transformer.
3.2 General checks
3.3 Insulation resistance test
3.4 Measurement of oil
characteristics
3.5 Off circuit tap switch
3.6 Continuity test
3.7 Measurement of winding
resistance
3.8 Voltage ratio tests
3.9 Magnetizing current
3.10 Charging of the transformer
3.11 Do’s and Don’ts for transformer
3.12 Various commissioning tests on
a power transformers
Maintenance of Transformer and Circuit Breaker Course Code:3360907
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
(in cognitive domain)
Topics and Sub-topics
3.13 Procedure of loading the
transformers.
3.14 Transformer grounding.
Maintenance of Transformer and Circuit Breaker Course Code:3360907
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
(in cognitive domain)
Topics and Sub-topics
Unit–IV
Maintenance of
Circuit Breaker
4a. Describe the importance of
maintenance of circuit breaker.
4b. Describe the procedure for the
maintenance of Moulded circuit
breaker.
4c. State the frequency of
maintenance and its procedure
for various Voltage rating of
circuit breaker.
4d. Describe the Maintenance of
Oil, Air, Air blast, SF6 and
Vacuum circuit breaker.
4e. State the causes of Failure of
circuit breaker
4f. Describe the trouble shooting
procedure of circuit breaker.
4g. Explain the operating
mechanism of circuit breaker.
4h. Describe the procedure for
filling SF6 in Circuit Breaker.
4i. State the characteristics of SF6
Gas which makes it useful for
CB.
4j. Describe factor effecting life of
arcing contacts of CB.
4k. List causes of failure of CB
4l. Describe operating mechanism
of HVAC Circuit Breaker.
4m. State safety precautions to
be observed during maintenance
of CBs.
4.1 Steps in maintenance of CB
4.2 Maintenance of moulded case
circuit breakers -Frequency and
routine maintenance tests
4.3 Maintenance of low-voltage
circuit breakers -Frequency and
maintenance procedures
4.4 Maintenance of medium-
voltage circuit breakers – Air,
Oil and Vacuum circuit
breakers - Frequency of
maintenance, safety practices
and maintenance procedures for
each of the above
4.5 Maintenance of high-voltage
circuit breakers - frequency of
inspections, External and
internal inspection guidelines,
typical internal breaker
problems, Influence of duty
imposed, Types of tests
performed.
4.6 OIL CB, Post fault
maintenance, Steps in
maintenance of MOCB
4.7 Maintenance for AIR CB and
Frequency of maintenance.
4.8 Maintenance of AIR BLAST
CB
4.9 Maintenance of SF6 gas circuit
breakers
i. Properties of SF6 (sulphur
hexafluoride) gas
ii. Handling non faulted SF6
iii. Handling faulted SF6
iv. Procedure of filling SF6 gas
in single pressure puffer type
SF6 CB
v. Gas monitoring system and
gas handling system for SF6
filled equipment
vi. Types and function of SF6
gas handling units.
vii. Maintenance of SF6 CB
4.10 Maintenance of VACCUM CB
4.11 Life of arcing contacts in
various CB in case of normal
Maintenance of Transformer and Circuit Breaker Course Code:3360907
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
(in cognitive domain)
Topics and Sub-topics
current switching and short
circuit operation
4.12 Causes of failure of CB, trouble
shooting and procedure of
failure analysis.
4.13 Typical Record card for
maintenance work of CB
4.14 Commissioning tests on HV
A.C. CB
4.15 Operating mechanism used in
HV A.C. CB
4.16 Safety precautions to be taken
in maintenance of CB
6. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS AND MARKS (Theory)
Unit
No.
Unit Title Teaching
Hours
Distribution of Theory Marks
R
Level
U
Level
A
Level
Total
Marks
I I Preventive Maintenance 4 5 2 0 7
II I
I
Maintenance of Transformer 16 8 10 10 28
III I
I
I
Commissioning and Recharging of
Transformers
8
6
4
4 14
IV I
V
Maintenance of Circuit Breaker 14
6
7
8
21
Total 42 25 23 22 70
Legends: R = Remember U= Understand; A= Apply and above levels (Bloom’s revised taxonomy)
Note: This specification table shall be treated as a general guideline for students and teachers. The actual
distribution of marks in the question paper may vary slightly from above table.
7. SUGGESTED EXERCISES/PRACTICALS
The practical/exercises should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to
develop different types of skills (outcomes in psychomotor and affective domain) so that
students are able to acquire the competencies/programme outcomes. Following is the list of
practical exercises for guidance.
Note: Here only outcomes in psychomotor domain are listed as practical/exercises. However,
if these practical/exercises are completed appropriately, they would also lead to development
of certain outcomes in affective domain which would in turn lead to development of Course
Outcomes related to affective domain. Thus over all development of Programme Outcomes
(as given in a common list at the beginning of curriculum document for this programme)
would be assured.
Faculty should refer to that common list and should ensure that students also acquire
outcomes in affective domain which are required for overall achievement of Programme
Outcomes/Course Outcomes.
Maintenance of Transformer and Circuit Breaker Course Code:3360907
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
S. No. Unit
No.
Practical Exercises
(outcomes in Psychomotor Domain)
Approx
Hours.
required
1 I Prepare a technical report on the preventive maintenance of
transformer which supplies electrical power to your college. 2
2 I Give comparison analysis between preventive and breakdown
maintenance. 2
3 II Prepare detail specifications data sheet for different
transformer.(refer name plate mounted on transformers)
2
4 II Prepare a technical report on various accessories and fitments on
a power transformer in a substation.
4
5 II Perform various tests applied to insulating oil. 4
6 II Prepare a technical report on various causes of troubles and
failures of power transformer.
4
7 II Prepare typical maintenance schedule for transformers up to
1000 KVA
4
8 II Prepare typical maintenance schedule for transformers above
1000 KVA
4
9 II Prepare a technical report on filtering process and filtering plant
for transformer oil filtration.
2
10 III Prepare test report of a power transformer after commissioning. 4
11 III Read and interpret I.E. rules pertaining to testing of
transformer.
4
12 III Perform insulation resistance test of transformer. 2
13 III Perform voltage ratio tests of three phase transformer. 2
14 III Read and interpret I.E. rules pertaining to commissioning of
transformer.
4
15 IV Prepare detail specifications data sheet for different circuit
breaker.(use name plate)
2
16 IV Prepare a technical report on various types of tests performed on
high voltage ac circuit breakers.
4
17 IV Prepare a technical report on maintenance of air blast circuit
breaker.
4
18 IV Prepare a technical report on maintenance of SF6 circuit breaker. 2
19 IV Prepare a technical report on maintenance of Vacuum circuit
breaker.
2
20 IV Prepare test report of tests on HVA.C. Circuit Breaker after
commissioning.
2
Total Hours 62
Note: Perform any of the practical exercises for a minimum of 28 hours from above list depending
upon the availability of resources so that skills related with the most of the outcomes in all the
units are developed.
8. SUGGESTED STUDENT ACTIVITIES
Following is the list of proposed student activities such as:
i. Prepare journals based on practical performed in laboratory.
ii. Prepare chart displaying various parts of transformer of different types etc.
iii. List the names, specifications and make of the mountings/accessories used on nearby
power transformer.
iv. Prepare a report on various types of oil conservation systems and cooling systems
used in power transformers.
Maintenance of Transformer and Circuit Breaker Course Code:3360907
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
v. Survey the market for different type of transformer and circuit breaker oil available
and compare their specifications with respect to effect of those parameters on life and
functioning of equipment.
vi. Prepare chart displaying various parts of circuit breaker of different types etc.
vii. Visit nearby substation, transformer manufacturing & testing laboratories.
viii. Visit maintenance site / workshop of transformer and circuit breaker.
9. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES (if any)
(a) Show video/animation film to demonstrate maintenance procedures for
transformer/circuit breakers.
(b) Arrange a visit to nearby industry/substation to observe
maintenance/installation/commissioning of transformer and circuit breakers.
(c) Arrange expert lectures of the professional engineers involved in maintenance,
installation, commissioning and testing of transformers and circuit breakers.
(d) Give Mini projects to students
10. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
A) Books
S.
No. Title of Book Author Publication
1.
Thesis on Self learning
package on maintenance of
33 KV class transformers
for diploma course in
electrical engineering.
Chouhan R.P.
Gupta S.K.
TTTI Western Region,
Bhopal.
(NITTTR)
2.
Testing Commissioning
operation and maintenance
of Electrical Equipments.
Rao S Khanna Publication (latest
edition)
3. Transformers BHEL TATA McGraw-Hill
4.
Relavent IS Code for--
Maintenance of
Transformer, circuit
breaker ,switchgears,
insulating oil
- Latest code
B) Major Equipment/ Instrument with Broad Specifications
1. Oil testing kit. Mains Supply : 230V AC ±10%, 50Hz
Single Phase Variac : 230V/ 0-270V
High Voltage Source : 80kV, 20mA
Voltmeter : 0 to 100kV
2. Megger. Insulation Testing:250V:500V:1000V:
1000 MΩ range, Auto-ranging, Auto discharge
3. Model of transformer. Wooden, Plastic, etc material.
4. Voltage ratio test kit. For small 3 phase transformer
5. Model of circuit breaker. Wooden, Plastic, etc material.
Maintenance of Transformer and Circuit Breaker Course Code:3360907
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
C) List of Software/Learning Websites
i. www.nptel.iitm.ac.in
ii. www.youtube
iii. www.howstuffworks.com
iv. http://electrical-engineering-portal.com/
11. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
Prof. H. C. Chawda, Lecturer in Electrical Engineering, RC Technical Institute,
Ahmedabad
Prof. C. T. Patel, Lecturer in Electrical Engineering, RC Technical Institute,
Ahmedabad.
Coordinator and Faculty Members from NITTTR Bhopal
Prof. (Mrs.) C S Rajeshwari, Professor and Head Electrical and Electronics
Engineering
Prof. Joshua Earnest, Professor, Department of Electrical and Electronics
Engineering
Electrification of Building Complexes Course Code 3360908
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
1
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD
COURSE CURRICULUM
COURSE TITLE: ELECTRIFICATION OF BUILDING COMPLEXES
(COURSE CODE: 3360908)
Diploma Programme in which this course is offered
Semester in which offered
Electrical Engineering Sixth
1. RATIONALE
With the revolutionary changes in the building construction, advent of new building materials
and electrical fittings and accessories there is an increase in demand for specialists in
electrification of high rise-multistoried building and commercial complexes. Therefore a
limited exposure to electrification of small building is not sufficient and this subject needs to
be taught as a specialized subject. This course will provide knowledge about electrification of
high rise buildings and complexes. Studying this course will enable the diploma pass outs to
plan, design, and estimate and execute the electrification of multistoried buildings and
commercial complexes independently and professionally as per IE rules. If proper skills are
developed then pass outs may start their own business of electrification of building
complexes, which is very profitable and growing business and requires very less investment.
2. COMPETENCY
The course content should be taught and implemented with the aim to develop different types
of skills so that students are able to acquire following competency:
Applying IE rules, undertake the electrification of multistory buildings and
commercial complexes.
3. COURSE OUTCOMES
The theory should be taught and practical should be undertaken in such a manner that students
are able to acquire different learning outcomes in cognitive, psychomotor and affective
domains to demonstrate the following course outcomes:
i. Interpret plan and wiring diagrams of electrification of buildings and complexes.
ii. Calculate the average and peak power requirement of building complexes.
iii. Test a given wiring installation of a building and prepare test report.
iv. Test wiring installation of a multistoried building and commercial complexes.
v. Estimate the materials and cost of electrification for different buildings.
vi. Test the safety devices in a multistoried building and commercial complexes.
.
4. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme
(In Hours)
Total Credits
(L+T+P)
Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical
Marks
Total Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
150 3 0 2 5 70 30 20 30
Legends: L-Lecture; T – Tutorial/Teacher Guided Theory Practice; P - Practical; C – Credit, ESE - End
Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment.
Electrification of Building Complexes Course Code 3360908
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
2
5. COURSE CONTENT DETAILS
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
( in Cognitive Domain) Topics and Sub-topics
Unit – I.
Elements of
Electrification
1a. Interpret different electrical
engineering drawings of an
electrical installation.
1b. Measure and verify current,
earthing resistance , insulation
resistance and continuity of a
wiring installation as per IS.
1c. Describe the safety tests as per
IS.
1d. Calculate illumination
requirements.
1.1 of Electrical installation
1.2 Reading and Interpretation of
Electrical Engineering Drawings,
diagrams, plans and layout
1.3 Testing of wiring Installation for
verification of current, earthing
resistance, insulation resistance and
continuity as per IS
1.4 Preparation of testing/supervisory
report
1.5 Selection of electrical accessories
such as main cable, main switches
circuit breakers etc.
1.6 Illumination requirements in high
rise, Commercial and public
Building
1.7 Economical illumination design
Unit– II
Electrification
of
Multistoried
Buildings
2a. Prepare wiring layout of
Electrical installation.
2b. Calculate total load on
electrical distribution work.
2c. Prepare specification of wiring
material and accessories
required for an electrical
installation.
2d. Estimate floor wise electrical
material requirements.
2.1 Wiring layout of an electrical
installation
2.2 Type of wiring- Concealed /Surface
conduit etc
2.3 Calculate number of sub circuits
from the total circuit requirement
2.4 Calculation total electrical load on
distribution work
2.5 Floor wise estimation of material
requirements
i. Specification of wiring material
and accessories.
ii. Estimation of total cost of
electrification using schedule of
rates (SOR).
iii. Case Studies
2.6 Requirements of approval from
electrical inspection for high rise-
multistoried building
2.7 Load calculation for lifts,
escalators, air conditioners: wiring
diagram, Case studies(Problems)
Unit– III
Electrification
of
Commercial
Complexes
and Public
Buildings
3a. Interpret Installation drawing
and layout of electrical wiring
of a commercial complex.
3b. Differentiate between
electrification of Residential
and commercial Installation.
3c. Calculate Load specification
3.1 Concept of commercial Installation
3.2 Comparison of Residential and
commercial Installation
3.3 Fundamental considerations for
planning of an electrical
installation system for
commercial/Public building
Electrification of Building Complexes Course Code 3360908
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
3
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
( in Cognitive Domain) Topics and Sub-topics
for service connection and
nature of supply.
3d. Calculate the correct size of
cables, bus bar and bus bar
chambers.
3e. Select appropriate mounting
arrangements and positioning
of switchboards, distribution
boards, main switch, type of
wire and wiring system.
3f. Estimate the cost of
electrification of commercial
installation.
3.4 Special requirements of hotels,
theaters, library and cultural halls
etc. from electrification points of
view
3.5 Estimating and Costing of material
and total cost of electrification of
commercial complexes and Public
buildings
Unit – IV
Distribution
System for
Multistoried
Buildings
4a. Prepare drawing and layout
for an underground service
connection.
4b. Calculate Load specifications
for an underground service
connection of multistoried
buildings.
4c. Calculate the size of bus bar,
cables, panels, wiring system,
type of wire
4d. Decide Mounting
arrangements and positioning
of switchboards, distribution
boards main switch etc.
4e. Estimate the cost of
multistoried buildings.
4.1 Different Methods of service
connection
4.2 Incoming supply to substation for
multistoried high rise buildings
(building height more than 15m.)
4.3 Distribution panels and bus bar
system
4.4 Meter connection-bifurcation of
metering-meters as per consumers
demand, use of digital – meters for
prevention of theft of power
4.5 Cable laying in building, special
precautions
4.6 Estimating and costing of
electrification of underground
service connection of multistoried
building.
Unit – V
Electrical
Safety and IE
Rules
5a. Highlight the significance of
safety rules to be followed in a
Multistoried building.
5b. Conduct safety tests as per IE.
5c. Maintain various safety
devices in multistoried
buildings.
5d. Maintain Diesel Generator
set as a stand by unit.
5.1 Importance of safety rules.
5.2 Safety precaution in electrical
installation of multistoried
buildings
i. Fire alarm system
ii. Smoke detection system
iii. Safety for lifts and escalators
iv. Earthing system (IE rules
regarding safety)
v. Lightening arrestors
arrangements
vi. Use of ELCB and MCB in an
installation
vii. Electronic safety locks at the
entrance
5.3 Use of National Building Code
Electrification of Building Complexes Course Code 3360908
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
4
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
( in Cognitive Domain) Topics and Sub-topics
(electrical service ) for safety
5.4 Use of D.G. set as a standby power
supply in case of emergency.
5.5 IE rules related to Electrical
Installation and Testing
6. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS and MARKS
(THEORY)
Unit
No.
Unit Title Teaching
Hours
Distribution of Theory Marks
R
Level
U
Level
A
Level
Total
Marks
I Elements of Electrification 6 3 3 3 09
II Electrification of Multistoried
Buildings 10 5 6 6 17
III Electrification of Complexes
and Public Buildings 10 5 6 6 17
IV Distribution System for
Multistoried Buildings. 10 5 6 6 17
V Electrical Safety and I.E. rules 6 3 3 4 10
Total 42 21 24 25 70
Legends: R = Remember; U = Understand; A = Apply and above levels (Bloom’s revised
taxonomy)
Note: This specification table shall be treated as a general guideline for students and teachers.
The actual distribution of marks in the question paper may vary slightly from above table.
7. SUGGESTED EXERCISES/PRACTICALS
The practical should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to develop
different types of skills (outcomes in psychomotor and affective domain) so that students
are able to acquire the competencies/programme outcomes. Following is the list of practical
exercises for guidance.
Note: Here only outcomes in psychomotor domain are listed as practical. However, if these
practical are completed appropriately, they would also lead to development of certain
outcomes in affective domain which would in turn lead to development of Course Outcomes
related to affective domain. Thus over all development of Programme Outcomes (as given in
a common list at the beginning of curriculum document for this programme) would be
assured.
Faculty should refer to that common list and should ensure that students also acquire
outcomes in affective domain which are required for overall achievement of Programme
Outcomes/Course Outcomes.
Electrification of Building Complexes Course Code 3360908
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
5
S.
No.
Unit
No.
Practical Exercises
(Outcomes in Psychomotor Domain)
Approx.
Hrs.
required
1
II Draw a complete wiring diagram, of any one of the commercial
complexes. (Cinema, hotel, library, cultural hall, hospital etc. A
group of 5 students, having one different complex –per group.
4
2 III Interpret and prepare electrical test report of a large building or
complex. 2
3 III Calculate load, draw wiring diagram and estimate cost of any
given high rise building. 4
4 I Design Economical illumination system for any complex, building. 4
5 V Testing of safety Devices in electrical installation in a high rise
building. 4
6
II Calculate Load for lift, escalators, air conditioning in high rise
building. (A group of 5 students, having one different complex per
group.)
4
7 V Prepare field visit report (Important observations) of any high-rise
building or Complex for electrical installation and wiring. 2
8
I and
V
Perform electrical tests for commercial and high rise buildings as
per IE.
4
Total Hours 28
8. SUGGESTED STUDENT ACTIVITIES
Following is the list of proposed student activities:
i. Prepare journals based on practical performed in laboratory.
ii. Assignments on solving numerical
iii. Assignments of case studies
iv. Analyze the standard specifications of various electrical accessories and fittings.
v. Make comparative table of different types of wiring installations.
vi. Prepare a sample test report based on test carried out on an installation
vii. Visit to see the electrification of large multistoried building or commercial building
complex
9. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES (if any)
i. Arrange lectures by ‘A’ class contractors engaged in electrification works of building
complexes.
ii. Arrange a visit to a complex, multistory building under construction where
electrification work is in progress.
iii. Show video/animation film to demonstrate the different types of wiring and
installations
iv. Carry out a survey and prepare a report on different type of cables, their sizes and
modern electrical accessories and fittings available in local market
v. Use Flash/Animations to explain the working of different electrical safety devices.
vi. Give Mini projects (such as planning and estimating of electrification of given
building complex) to students.
Electrification of Building Complexes Course Code 3360908
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
6
10. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
A) Books
S.
No. Title of Book Author Publication
1. Electrical Design
Estimation and Costing
Raina K.B.
Bhattacharya S.K.
Willet Estern Ltd., Latest edition
2. Electrical Estimation and
Costing
Uppal S.L. Khanna Publisher, New Delhi,
Latest edition
3.
India Electrical Rules
1956 Hand book
Chudley R. Butterworth –London
New Delhi. Latest Edition, Latest
edition
4.
National Building code
of India Group 1 and
Group 4
Bureau of Indian
standard
New Delhi, Book no. 1604,Latest
Edition
5.
A Course in Electrical
Installation, Estimating
and Costing
Gupta J.B. S.K. Kataria and Sons, Latest
edition
B) Major Equipment/Instruments with Broad Specifications
1. Digital Multimeter 2. Clip-on meter
3. MEGGAR
4. EARTH TESTER
5. MULTIMETER
6. Basic wiring tools Pliers, Screw drivers and nut drivers ,Wire
strippers , Utility Knife, Fishing tools,
Measuring devices, Labeling machines, Power
drills and drivers, hammer/drills, Power saws
C) Software/Learning Websites
i. www.nptel.iitm.ac.in
ii. http://www.edumedia-sciences.com
iii. www.youtube
iv. http://electrical-engineering-portal.com/
11. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
Prof. V. R. Kotdawala, L.E.E, Government Polytechnic, Himmatnagar
Prof. A. A. Amin, L.E.E, Government Polytechnic, Vadnagar
Coordinator and Faculty Members from NITTTR Bhopal
Dr. (Mrs.) C.S. Rajeshwari, Professor, Department of Electrical and Electronics
Engineering,
Prof. A. S. Walkey, Associate Professor, Department of Electrical and Electronics
Engineering,